JLG E450AJ M450AJ Service Manual PDF

Service and Maintenance Manual
Model
E450A
E450AJ
M450A
M450AJ
P/N - 3121829
March 20, 2014

INTRODUCTION
SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A GENERAL C MAINTENANCE
This section contains the general safety precautions
which must be observed during maintenance of the aerial
platform. It is of utmost importance that maintenance per- FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH SAFETY PRECAUTIONS LISTED IN
sonnel pay strict attention to these warnings and precau- THIS SECTION COULD RESULT IN MACHINE DAMAGE, PERSON-
tions to avoid possible injury to themselves or others, or NEL INJURY OR DEATH AND IS A SAFETY VIOLATION.
damage to the equipment. A maintenance program must
be followed to ensure that the machine is safe to operate. • ENSURE REPLACEMENT PARTS OR COMPONENTS
ARE IDENTICAL OR EQUIVALENT TO ORIGINAL PARTS
OR COMPONENTS.
• NO SMOKING IS MANDATORY. NEVER REFUEL DUR-
MODIFICATION OR ALTERATION OF AN AERIAL WORK PLAT-
ING ELECTRICAL STORMS. ENSURE THAT FUEL
FORM SHALL BE MADE ONLY WITH WRITTEN PERMISSION
CAP IS CLOSED AND SECURE AT ALL OTHER
FROM THE MANUFACTURER.
TIMES.
The specific precautions to be observed during mainte- • REMOVE ALL RINGS, WATCHES AND JEWELRY
nance are inserted at the appropriate point in the manual. WHEN PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE.
These precautions are, for the most part, those that apply • DO NOT WEAR LONG HAIR UNRESTRAINED, OR
when servicing hydraulic and larger machine component LOOSE-FITTING CLOTHING AND NECKTIES WHICH
parts. ARE APT TO BECOME CAUGHT ON OR ENTANGLED
IN EQUIPMENT.
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration
when engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always • OBSERVE AND OBEY ALL WARNINGS AND CAU-
be conscious of weight. Never attempt to move heavy TIONS ON MACHINE AND IN SERVICEMANUAL.
parts without the aid of a mechanical device. Do not allow
heavy objects to rest in an unstable position. When raising • KEEP OIL, GREASE, WATER, ETC. WIPED FROM
a portion of the equipment, ensure that adequate support STANDING SURFACES AND HAND HOLDS.
is provided. • USE CAUTION WHEN CHECKING A HOT, PRESSUR-
IZED COOLANT SYSTEM.
• NEVER WORK UNDER AN ELEVATED BOOM UNTIL
SINCE THE MACHINE MANUFACTURER HAS NO DIRECT CON- BOOM HAS BEEN SAFELY RESTRAINED FROM ANY
TROL OVER THE FIELD INSPECTION AND MAINTENANCE, MOVEMENT BY BLOCKING OR OVERHEAD SLING,
SAFETY IN THIS AREA RESPONSIBILITY OF THE OWNER/OPER- OR BOOM SAFETY PROP HAS BEEN ENGAGED.
ATOR.
• BEFORE MAKING ADJUSTMENTS, LUBRICATING OR
PERFORMING ANY OTHER MAINTENANCE, SHUT
OFF ALL POWER CONTROLS.
B HYDRAULIC SYSTEM SAFETY
• BATTERY SHOULD ALWAYS BE DISCONNECTED-
It should be noted that the machines hydraulic systems DURING REPLACEMENT OF ELECTRICAL COMPO-
operate at extremely high potentially dangerous pres- NENTS.
sures. Every effort should be made to relieve any system
• KEEP ALL SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND ATTACH-
pressure prior to disconnecting or removing any portion of
MENTS STOWED IN THEIR PROPER PLACE.
the system.
• USE ONLY APPROVED, NONFLAMMABLE CLEANING
SOLVENTS.
3121829 – JLG Lift – A-1

INTRODUCTION
REVISON LOG
Original Issue - August 15, 1999

Revised - April 5, 2001
Revised - May 25, 2004
Revised - July 31, 2007
Revised - January 25, 2008
Revised - January 26, 2009
Revised - November 27, 2012
Revised - April 26, 2013
Revised - October 24, 2013
Revised - March 20, 2014
A-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

SECTION A - INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
A General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
B Hydraulic System Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
C Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .A-1
SECTION 1 - SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 Operating specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.2 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.3 Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.4 Battery Charger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.5 Dimensional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.6 Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.7 Hydraulic Pump/Electric Motor Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.8 Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.9 Function Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.10 Pressure Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1.11 Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1.12 Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
1.13 Critical Stability Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1.14 Cylinder Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.15 Major Component Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.16 Serial Number Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1.17 Operator Maintenance & Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.1 Machine Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Start Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Annual Machine Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Preventive Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.2 Service and Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Safety and Workmanship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Cleanliness. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Components Removal and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Component Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Pressure-Fit Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Gaskets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Bolt Usage and Torque Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Lubrication and Servicing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
3121829 – JLG Lift – i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2.3 Lubrication and Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
Hydraulic System. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-3
Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Changing Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Lubrication Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.4 Cylinder Drift Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
Platform Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-4
2.5 Pins and Composite Bearing Repair Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
2.6 Welding on JLG Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-5
Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on JLG Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-5
SECTION 3 - CHASSIS & TURNTABLE
3.1 Tires & Wheels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
Tire Inflation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Tire Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Wheel Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
3.2 Spindle. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
Setting Wheel Bearing End Play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Greasing Requirements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
3.3 Drive Hub
Part No. 27802363-4
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Disassembly of Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Disassembly of First Stage Planetary Assembly (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Disassembly of Second Stage Planet Gears (1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Assembly of First Stage Planetary Assembly (7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Assembly of End Cover Unit (8) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Final Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Initial Start-up and After Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Oil Change Interval-Gear Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Setting of Tapered Roller Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Securing of the Shaft Nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
3.4 Drive Brake - Mico . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-8
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
3.5 Speed Sensor Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-11
Adjustment Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Speed Sensor Installation Verification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Verification w/ Analyzer Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
3.6 Positrac/Tilt module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
3.7 Swing Motor - S/N 0300135649 to Present. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
Preparation Before Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Disassembly and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-24
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-30
One Piece Stator Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-37
Two Piece Stator Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
Final Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-38
ii – JLG Lift – 3121829

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.8 Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-39
Wear Tolerance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-40
Replacement of Swing Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-41
Swing Bearing Torque Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Checking Worm Gear End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
Adjusting End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-43
3.9 Battery Maintenance and Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-45
Battery Maintenance, Quarterly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Optional On Board Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-45
Battery Charging (On Board Charger) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-47
3.10 Battery Charger (S/N 0300059350 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
Operating Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Maintenance Instructions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Battery Charger Fault Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-48
Excessive Battery Watering Requirements or Strong Sulphur (Rotten Egg) Smell . . . . . . . 3-51
Checking/Changing the Battery Charger Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-52
3.12 Generator (Prior to S/N 88539) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-53
Timing Sequences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-55
To Connect the JLG Control System Analyzer to the Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Alarms and Fault Flash Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-56
Output Current and Voltage Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-58
Priming the Fuel Line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-59
3.13 Generator (S/N 88539 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-60
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Dynamo and Dynamo Voltage Regulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Dynamo Output Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Control Fuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-60
Start Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Engine Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Start Control Relay. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-62
Fuel Control Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Glow Plug Control Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Glow Plug. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-63
Fuel Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Fuel Solenoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Engine Low Oil Pressure Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-64
Alternator Output Current Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Engine Speed Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
RBS Engine/Generator Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-65
Warnings and Safety Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
System Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
System Status and Performance Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
System Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-66
RBS Start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
RBS shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-67
RBS Alarms and Flash Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Resetting the RBS Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-68
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-69
APU Engine Start Battery Boosting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-70
3121829 – JLG Lift – iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

3.14 Supplementary fuse for apu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-71
Tools And Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-71
SECTION 4 - BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 Boom Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Disassembly Boom Sections. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-2
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
4.2 Upper (Main) Boom Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
4.3 Mid Boom Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.4 Lower Boom Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-5
4.5 Upper Boom Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-6
4.6 Wear Pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.7 Boom Limit Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.8 Articulating Jib Boom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
4.9 Load Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-12
4.10 Boom Synchronizing Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.11 Footswitch Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.12 Helac Rotary actuator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
Theory Of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Tools Required for Assembly/Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-16
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Installing Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Testing the Actuator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Installation and Bleeding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26
Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
4.13 Powertrack Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-28
Removing a Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Installing a New Link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-31
Replacing Fixed End Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-36
Replacing Moving End Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-38
iv – JLG Lift – 3121829

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 5 - HYDRAULICS
5.1 Lubricating O-Rings in the Hydraulic System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
Cup and Brush. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Dip Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Spray Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Brush-on Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
5.2 Cylinders - Theory of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Double Acting Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
5.3 Cylinder Checking Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
Cylinder Without Counterbalance Valves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cylinders With Single Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Cylinders With Dual Counterbalance Valve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
5.4 Cylinder Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Cleaning and Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-6
5.5 Pressure Setting Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-20
Main Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Upper Lift Down Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Lower Lift Down Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Telescope Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Platform Level Up Relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Platform Level Down Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Steer Relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Jib Lift (Up and Down) Relief . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Releveling Valve Relief. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
SECTION 6 - JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
6.1 JLG Control System Analyzer Kit Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
To Connect the JLG Control System Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Using the Analyzer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Adjusting Parameters Using the Hand Held Analyzer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Machine Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Machine Personality Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Machine Configuration Programming Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Level Vehicle Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Help Descriptions and Fault Flash Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-10
Analyzer Diagnostics Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-20
System Self Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
3121829 – JLG Lift – v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION 7 - BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING, ELECTRICAL INFORMATION, & SCHEMATICS
7.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
7.2 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
7.3 Multimeter Basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Backprobing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Min/Max . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Polarity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Voltage Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Current Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
7.4 Checking Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
Basic Check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Limit Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Switch Wiring - Low Side, High Side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
7.5 Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22
7.6 AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to AMP Connectors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Wedge Lock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
Service - Voltage Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
7.7 Deutsch Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27
DT/DTP Series Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
DT/DTP Series Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
vi – JLG Lift – 3121829

LIST OF FIGURES
FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1. Serial Number Locations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1-2. Operator Maintenance & Lubrication Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-6
1-3. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 7) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-10
1-7. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 7). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-14
2-1. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Kubota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-9
3-3. Spindle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-3
3-1. Drive Hub - Cutaway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7
3-2. Drive Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-9
3-3. Speed Sensor Orientation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-12
3-4. Frame Mounted Electrical Components - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-13
3-5. Frame Mounted Electrical Components - Sheet 2 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-14
3-6. Voltage Checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-15
3-7. Steering Components and Spindles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-18
3-8. Drive Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-19
3-9. Tilt Sensor Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-20
3-10. Swing Motor - Cutaway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-21
3-11. Swing Motor - Exploded View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-23
3-12. Swing Bearing Feeler Gauge Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-39
3-13. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
3-14. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-40
3-15. Swing Bearing Torquing Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-42
3-16. Swing Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-44
3-17. On Board Generator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-46
3-18. Batteries and Battery Charger. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-47
3-19. Battery Charger ((S/N 0300059350 to Present) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-49
3-20. Generator Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-54
3-21. Generator System Analyzer Flow Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-57
3-22. Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-61
4-1. Location of Components - Boom Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
4-2. Upper Boom Lift Cylinder Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4-3. Mid Boom Lift Cylinder Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4-4. Lower Boom Lift Cylinder Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4-5. Upper Telescope Cylinder Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4-6. Wear Pad Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4-7. Platform Support Torque Values. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4-8. Boom Limit Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4-9. Platform Components and Attaching Hardware (M450A & E450A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4-10. Location of Components - Articulating Jib Boom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
4-11. Load Sensing System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4-12. Rotary Actuator (Exploded View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-14
4-13. Rotary Actuator (Cutaway View) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4-14. Rotator Counterbalance Valve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-25
3121829 – JLG Lift – vii

LIST OF FIGURES

5-1. Cylinder Barrel Support. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5-2. Capscrew Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5-3. Cylinder Rod Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5-4. Tapered Bushing Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5
5-5. Gar-Max Bearing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
5-6. Rod Seal Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-6
5-7. Wiper Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5-8. Installation of Head Seal Kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5-9. Piston Seal Kit Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-7
5-10. Tapered Bushing Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5-11. Seating the Tapered Bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5-12. Poly-Pak Piston Seal Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-8
5-13. Rod Assembly Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
5-14. Jib Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-10
5-15. Level Cylinder - A Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-11
5-16. Level Cylinder - AJ & AJP Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-12
5-17. Lower Lift Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-13
5-18. Mid Lift Cylinder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-14
5-19. Upper Lift Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-15
5-20. Master Cylinder - A Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-16
5-21. Master Cylinder - AJ Models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-17
5-22. Steer Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-18
5-23. Telescope Cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-19
5-24. Jib Valve Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
5-25. Brake/Steer Valve Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-23
5-26. Main Valve Components Prior to S/N 62642 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-24
5-27. Main Valve Components S/N 62642 to Present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-25
6-1. Control Module Location. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
6-2. Analyzer Flow Chart (Software Version 3.x) - Sheet 1 of 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-19
7-2. Resistance Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
7-3. Continuity Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
7-4. Current Measurement (DC). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
7-5. Connector Assembly Figure 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
7-6. AMP Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
7-10. Connector Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-25
7-11. Connector Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26
7-12. DT/DTP Contact Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27
7-13. DT/DTP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27
7-14. HD/HDP Contact Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
7-15. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
7-16. HD/HDP Contact Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
7-17. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
viii – JLG Lift – 3121829

LIST OF FIGURES

7-18. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30
7-19. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31
7-20. Electrical Schematic - Sheet 1 of 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
7-26. Hydraulic Schematic - M450A/E450A - Sheet 1 of 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
7-30. Hydraulic Schematic - M450AJ/E450AJ - Sheet 1 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42
7-31. Hydraulic Schematic - M450AJ/E450AJ - Sheet 2 of 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43
7-32. Hydraulic Schematic Component List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
3121829 – JLG Lift – ix

LIST OF TABLES
TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

1-1 Operating Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-2 Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-3 Tire Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-4 Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-5 Dimensional Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1-6 Drive System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-7 Hydraulic Pump/Electric Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-8 Generator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-9 Function Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1-10 Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1-11 Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to Present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3
1-12 Torque Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1-13 Hydraulic Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1-14 Mobil DTE 11M Specs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1-15 Mobil EAL 224H Specs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1-16 Critical Stability Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-4
1-17 Cylinder Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1-18 Major Component Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-5
1-19 Lubrication Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-7
2-1 Inspection and Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2-2 Cylinder Drift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-4
2-3 Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-6
3-1 Wheel Torque Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-2
3-2 Drive Brake Diagnosis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-10
3-3 Swing Motor Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-22
3-11 Battery Charger Fault Codes (Delta-Q). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-48
3-4 Battery Algorithms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-52
3-5 RBS Prestart Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
3-6 RBS Startup Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
3-7 RBS Shutdown Sequence. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-55
3-8 Generator System Flash Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-56
3-9 Controller Interface Pin Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-65
3-10 RBS Alarms and Flash Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-68
3-11 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-69
4-1 Wear Pad Thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4-1 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-27
5-1 Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
5-2 Cylinder Piston Nut Torque Specifications) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
5-3 Holding Valve Torque Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-9
5-4 Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
5-5 Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to Present . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-22
6-1 Personality Ranges/Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6-2 Machine Setup Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6-3 JLG Control System Flash Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-10
6-4 Help Descriptions and Fault Flash Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-11
6-5 DIAGNOSTICS - Menu Descriptions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20
6-6 System Test Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
6-7 System Test Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23
6-8 Diagnostic Fault Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-27
7-1 Platform Assembly - Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7-2 Boom Assembly - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7-3 Turntable Assembly - Troubleshooting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-9
7-4 Chassis Assembly - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
7-5 Hydraulic System - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
7-6 Electrical System - Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
x – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 1. SPECIFICATIONS
1.1 OPERATING SPECIFICATIONS 1.3 TIRES
Table 1-1. Operating Specifications Table 1-3. Tire Specifications
Maximum Work Load (Capacity) Size IN240/55-17.5 IN240/55-17.5 26x7x20
Unrestricted: 500 lb. (230 kg) Load Range E E --
Travel Speed 3.2 mph (5.2 kph) Ply Rating 10 10 --
Maximum Travel Grade (Gradeablility 30% Tire Pressure 90 psi (6.2 Bar) Foam-Filled Solid, Non-
Maximum Travel Grade (Side Slope) 5° Marking
Maximum Height: (stowed)
E450A/M450A 6 ft. 6.25 in. (1.9 m) 1.4 BATTERY CHARGER
E450AJ/M450AJ 6 ft. 7 in. (2.0 m) Table 1-4. Generator
Maximum Horizontal Platform Reach
E450A 23 ft. 1in.(7.0 m) Input 110 VAC,60 HZ
E450AJ 23 ft. 9 in. (7.24 m) Output 48 VDC (25 Amps)
Turning Radius (Curb to Curb) 15 ft. 3 in. (4.65 m) Quantity of Batteries 8
Turning Radius (inside) 2 ft. (0.61 m) Battery Spec 6 Volt, 370 Amp Hour
(20 hour rate)
Maximum Tire Load:
M450A, E450A 6100 lbs. (2,767 kg)
M450AJ, E450AJ 6900 lbs. (3,130 kg) 1.5 DIMENSIONAL DATA
Ground Bearing Pressure
M450A, E450A 64 psi (4.5 kg/cm2) Table 1-5. Dimensional Data
M450AJ, E450AJ
75 psi (5.2 kg/cm2)
Machine Length (stowed)
System Voltage 48 volts M450A, E450A 18 ft. 8.0 in. (5.69 m)
Battery Life per Charge 7 hours continuous M450AJ, E450AJ 21 ft. 2 in. (6.45 m)
Battery Recharge Time
Up and Over Platform Height
Charger 17 hours from full discharge
M450A, E450A 24 ft. 7 in. (7.49 m)
Generator 6.2 hours
M450AJ, E450AJ 25 ft. 3 in. (7.7 m)
Gross Machine Weight (Platform Empty)
E450A/M450A 13,100 lb. (5942 kg) Horizontal Reach @ Maximum
E450AJ/M450AJ 15,100 lb. (6804 kg) Up and Over
M450 A, E450A 23 ft. 1 in. (7.0 m)
M450AJ, E450AJ 23 ft. 9 in. (7.24 m)
1.2 CAPACITIES
Table 1-2. Capacities Machine Width 5 ft. 9 in. (1.75 m)
Generator Fuel Tank 4 Gallons (15.1 L) Wheel Base 6 ft. 7.0 in. (2.00 m)
Hydraulic Oil Tank 5 Gallons (19 L) w/ 10% air space Working Height 51 ft. 0 in. (15.54 m)
Hydraulic System (Including Tank) 9 Gallons (34.1 L) Platform Height 45 ft. 0 in. (13.72 m)
Track Width 5 ft. 0 in. (1.51 m)

Torque Hub, Drive* 17 ounces (0.50 L)
Tail Swing (Any Position) 0
*Torque hubs should be one half full of lubricant.
Ground Clearance
M450, E450 8.5 in. (0.22 m)
M450AJ, E450AJ 8 in. (0.20 m)
3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-1

1.6 DRIVE SYSTEM 1.9 FUNCTION SPEEDS

Table 1-6. Drive System Table 1-9. Function Speeds
Drive Motor 48 VDC, 12.5 H.P. @ 3200 rpm. continuous, Function Seconds
rotation - reversible
Main Lift Up 30-24
Drive Brake Spring-applied, hydraulically released
Main Lift Down 29-23
Turntable Swing Right & Left 360° 81-67*
1.7 HYDRAULIC PUMP/ELECTRIC MOTOR Telescope Out - E450AJ, M450AJ 12-9
ASSEMBLY Telescope Out - E450A, M450A 18-14
Table 1-7. Hydraulic Pump/Electric Motor Telescope In - E450AJ, M450AJ 19-15
Motor 48 VDC, 2.14 H.P. @ 2700 rpm Telescope In - E450A, M450A 28-23
Pump 0.098 in.[3]/rev. (1.6 cm[3]/rev.) Platform Rotate - Right & Left 180° - E450AJ, M450AJ 20-24**
Pump Output 2.96 gpm (11.2 lpm) @ 3200 psi (222 Bar) Platform Rotate - Right & Left 180° - E450A, M450A 17-14**
Jib Up 25-26
Jib Down 24-25
1.8 GENERATOR
Lower Lift Up 33-27
Table 1-8. Generator
Lower Lift Down 26-22
Alternator Output 58 volts @ 45 Amps High Drive - Fwd.& Rev. 42-44***
RPM’s under max. load 3100 (200 ft.) 3.2 mph. (5.1 kph)
Start Battery 12 volts Drive above Horiz. (ANSI) - Fwd.& Rev. 50-53***
Engine Oil 10W30 (Refer to (50 ft.) 0.64 mph (1 kph)
Engine Manual) Drive above Horiz. (CE) - Fwd.& Rev. E450AJ/ 107-112***
Dynamo 12 volt, 15 amp DC M450AJ 0.32 mph (0.5 kph)
(50 ft.)
Dynamo Output Fuse 20 amps DC
Drive above Horiz.(CE) - Fwd.& Rev. E450A/M450A 67-71***
Control Fuse 15 amps DC (50 f t.) 0 .48 mph. (0.8 kph)
*Swing Left to Swing Right should be within 10% of each other.
**Swing Left to Swing Right should be within 15% of each other.
***Drive Forward to Drive Reverse should be within 10% of each other.
4150273 N
1-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1.10 PRESSURE SETTINGS Table 1-11. Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to

Present
Table 1-10. Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642
Circuit PSI Bar
Circuit PSI Bar
Main Control Valve
Main Control Valve
Lift Down Relief 800 55
Lift Down Relief 550 38
Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450AJ) 1700 117
Tower Lift Down Relief 1700 117 Prior to S/N 86022
Telescope In Relief (A/AJ) 2150 148 Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450AJ) 2600 179
S/N 86022 to Present
Telescope In Relief (AJP) 3000 207
Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450A) 1700 117
Platform Level Up Relief 2500 172 Prior to S/N 91053
Platform Level Down Relief 1500 103 Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450A) 2600 179
Brake/Steer Valve
Telescope Relief (A) 3000 207
Steer Relief 2300 159
Telescope Relief (AJ & AJP) 3100 214
Main Relief - E450A/M450A 3200 221
Platform Level Up Relief 3000 207
Main Relief - E450AJ/M450AJ 3400 234
Platform Level Down Relief 1200 83
Jib Valve
Brake/Steer Valve
Jib Relief (Up and Down) 1500 103
Steer Relief 2300 159
Releveling Valve
Main Relief - E450A/M450A 3200 221
Releveling Relief 1200 83
Jib Valve
Releveling Valve
Releveling Relief (E/M450AJ) 1200 83

Prior to S/N 86022

Releveling Relief (E/M450A) 1200 83

Prior to S/N 91053

3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-3

1.11 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Table 1-14. Mobil DTE 11M Specs

Table 1-12. Torque Requirements ISO Viscosity Grade #15
Description Torque Value Interval Hours Gravity API 31.9
Wheel Lugs 170 ft. lbs. 150 Pour Point, Max -40°F (-40°C)
(230 Nm) Flash Point, Min. 330°F (166°C)
Swing Bearing 190 ft. lbs. 50/600*
((Loctite) (260 Nm) Viscosity
at 40° C 15 cSt
* Check swing bearing bolts for security after
first 50 hours of operation and every 600 hours at 100° C 4.1 cSt
thereafter. at 100° F 80 SUS
at 210° F 43 SUS
cp at -30° F 3.200
1.12 LUBRICATION SPECIFICATIONS
Viscosity Index 140
Refer to Section 1.17, Operator Maintenance & Lubrica-
tion, for specific lubrication procedures.
Table 1-15. Mobil EAL 224H Specs
Hydraulic Oil
Type Biodegradable Vegetable Oil
NOTE: Hydraulic oils must have anti-wear qualities at least ISO Viscosity Grade 32/46
to API Service Classification GL-3, and sufficient Specific Gravity .922
chemical stability for mobile hydraulic system ser-
vice. Pour Point, Max -25°F (-32°C)
Flash Point, Min. 428°F (220°C)
Aside from JLG recommendations, it is not advis- Operating Temp. 0 to 180°F (-17 to 162°C)
able to mix oils of different brands or types, as they
Weight 7.64 lb. per gal.
may not contain the same required additives or be
(0.9 kg per liter)
of comparable viscosities. If use of hydraulic oil
other than Mobil DTE 11M is desired, contact JLG Viscosity
Industries for proper recommendations. at 40° C 37 cSt
at 100° C 8.4 cSt
Table 1-13. Hydraulic Oil Viscosity Index 213
NOTE: Must be stored above 32°F (0°C)
Hydraulic System
S.A.E. Viscosity
Operating
Grade
Temperature Range
+0° to + 180° F 10W
1.13 CRITICAL STABILITY WEIGHTS
(-18° to +83° C) Table 1-16. Critical Stability Weights
+0° to + 210° F 10W-20, 10W30
(-18° to +99° C) Component LB. KG.
+50° to + 210° F 20W-20 Counterweight 3850 1746

(+10° to +99° C Tire & Wheel (foam-filled) 207 94
Platform (4ft [1.2 m]) 90 41
Platform (5 ft [1.5 m]) 100 45
Battery (each) 120 54
DO NOT REPLACE ITEMS CRITICAL TO STABILITY WITH ITEMS

OF DIFFERENT WEIGHT OR SPECIFICATION (FOR EXAMPLE:
BATTERIES, FILLED TIRES, PLATFORM) DO NOT MODIFY UNIT IN
ANY WAY TO AFFECT STABILITY.
1-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1.14 CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS

NOTE: All dimensions are given in inches (in.), with the met- SELECT LIFTING EQUIPMENT WITH CAPACITY CAPABLE OF
ric equivalent, millimeters (mm), given in parenthe- SAFELY SUPPORTING WEIGHT.
ses.
1.16 SERIAL NUMBER LOCATIONS
Table 1-17. Cylinder Specifications
For machine identification, a serial number plate is
Cylinder Bore Stroke Rod Dia. affixed to the left rear of frame, in front of left rear
Upper Lift 3.00 28.3125 1.50 wheel. If the serial number plate is damaged or miss-
Cylinder (76.2) (719.1) (38.1) ing, the machine serial number is stamped on the top
Mid Lift Cylinder 3.00 21.25 1.50 left side of the frame and the top left side of the turnta-
(76.2) (539.7) (38.1) ble. In addition, the serial number is stamped on top of
the end of the upper boom, mid boom, and lower
Lower Lift Cylinder 4.00 23.25 2.25
boom at the left rear of the booms.
(101.6) (590.5) (57.1)
Telescope Cylinder 2.00 92 1.25
(50.8) (2337) (31.8)
Master Cylinder (E/M450A) 2.00 9.375 1.00
(50.8) (238.1) (25.4)
Master Cylinder (E/M450AJ) 3.00 11.5 1.25
(75) (292) (32)
Slave Cylinder (E/M450A) 2.00 9.375 1.00
(50.8) (238.1) (25.4)
Slave Cylinder (E/M450AJ) 3.00 11.6 1.25
(75) (295.5) (32)
Rotator Cylinder 1.875 15.250 1.00 SERIAL NUMBER
(47.6) (387.3) (25.4) TURNTABLE
Steer Cylinder 2.50 4.06 1.75
(Double Rod) (63.5) (103.1) (44.5)
SERIAL NUMBER FRAME
1.15 MAJOR COMPONENT WEIGHTS SERIAL NUMBER PLATE

Table 1-18. Major Component Weights
Component LB. KG. Figure 1-1. Serial Number Locations

Platform and Support 215 97.5
Upper Boom Complete 810 367
Mid Boom Complete 550 249
Lower Boom Complete 550 249
Upper Lift Cylinder 89 40
Mid Lift Cylinder 95 43
Lower Lift Cylinder 110 50
Telescope Cylinder 85 38.5
Upper Upright 225 102
Lower Upright 97 44
Turntable 948 430
Battery Box (incl. batteries) 600 272
Chassis (w/ pneu. tires) 4,295 1948
Chassis (w/ foam-filled tires) 4,695 2130
Counterweight 3850 1746
Machine Complete 11,800 5352
3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-5

Figure 1-2. Operator Maintenance & Lubrication Diagram
1-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1.17 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE & 2. Swing Bearing/Worm Gear Teeth
LUBRICATION
NOTE: The following numbers correspond to those in Fig-
ure 1-2., Operator Maintenance & Lubrication Dia-
gram.
Table 1-19. Lubrication Specifications.
KEY SPECIFICATIONS
MPG Multipurpose Grease having a minimum dripping point of 350
degrees F. Excellent water resistance and adhesive qualities;
and being of extreme pressure type (Timken OK 40 pounds min-
imum).
EPGL Extreme Pressure Gear Lube (oil) meeting API Service Classifi- Lube Point(s) - 2 Grease Fittings
cation GL-5 or Mil-Spec Mil-L-2105. Capacity - Spray On
HO Hydraulic Oil. Mobil DTE-11M Lube - Mobiltac 375NC
OG* Open Gear Lube - Tribol Molub-Alloy 936 Open Gear Com- Interval - A/R
pound. (JLG Part No. 3020027) Comments - If necessary install grease fittings into
worm gear housing and grease bearings.
BG* Bearing Grease (JLG Part No. 3020029) Mobilith SHA 460.
LL Synthetic Lithium Lubricant, Gredag 741 Grease. (JLG Part No.
3020022)
EO Engine (crankcase) Oil. Gas - API SF/SG class, MIL-L-2104.
DO NOT OVERGREASE BEARINGS. OVERGREASING BEARINGS
Diesel - API CC/CD class, MIL-L-2104B/MIL-L-2104C. WILL RESULT IN BLOWING OUTER SEAL IN HOUSING.
*MPG may be substituted for these lubricants, if necessary, but service
intervals will be reduced.
LUBRICATION INTERVALS ARE BASED ON MACHINE OPERATION

UNDER NORMAL CONDITIONS. FOR MACHINES USED IN MULTI-
SHIFT OPERATIONS AND/OR EXPOSED TO HOSTILE ENVIRON-
3. Hydraulic Tank
MENTS OR CONDITIONS, LUBRICATION FREQUENCIES MUST BE
INCREASED ACCORDINGLY.
1. Swing Bearing
Lube Point(s) - 2 Grease Fittings

Capacity - A/R
Lube - MPG
Interval - Every 3 months or 150 hrs of operation
Comments - Remote Access
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap

Capacity - 4 Gal. (15.1 L)
Lube - HO
Interval - Check Level daily; Change every 2 years or
1200 hours of operation.
Comments - On new machines, those recently over-
hauled, or after changing hydraulic oil, operate
all systems a minimum of two complete cycles
and recheck oil level in reservoir.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-7

4. Hydraulic Return Filter 6. Wheel Bearings
Lube Point(s) - Repack

Capacity - A/R
Lube - MPG
Interval - Every 2 years or 1200 hours of operation
Interval - Change after first 50 hrs. and every 6 7. Spindles/Bushing
months or 300 hrs. thereafter.
Comments - Under certain conditions, it may be Capacity - A/R
necessary to replace the hydraulic filter on a Lube - Lithium Lubricant
more frequent basis. A common symptom of a Interval - Every 2 years or 1200 hours of operation
dirty filter is sluggishness experienced in hydrau- Comments - At Spindle/Bushing Replacement; Coat
lic functions. I.D. of bushings prior to installing king pins.
5. Wheel Drive Hub 8. Boom Pivot Pins/Bushing

Capacity - A/R
Lube - Lithium Lubricant
Interval - Every 2 years or 1200 hours of operation
Comments - At boom pivot pins/bushing replace-
ment; Coat I.D. of bushings prior to installing
pivot pins.
Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

Capacity - 17 oz. (1/2 Full)
Lube - EPGL
Interval - Check level every 3 months or 150 hrs of
operation; change every 2 years or 1200 hours
of operation
1-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

9. Engine
Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap

Capacity - Refer to Engine Manual
Lube - EO
Interval - 3 Months or 150 hours of operation
Comments - Check level daily/Change in accor-
dance with engine manual.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-9

Values for Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)

SAE GRADE 5 BOLTS & GRADE 2 NUTS
Torque
Torque
Tensile Torque Torque (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM
Size TPI Bolt Dia Clamp Load TM
(Loctite® 262TM or Vibra-
Stress Area (Dry) Lubricated OR Vibra-TITE 111 or
TITETM 131)
140)
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604 380 8 0.9 6 0.7
48 0.1120 0.00661 420 9 1.0 7 0.8
6 32 0.1380 0.00909 580 16 1.8 12 1.4
40 0.1380 0.01015 610 18 2.0 13 1.5
8 32 0.1640 0.01400 900 30 3.4 22 2.5
36 0.1640 0.01474 940 31 3.5 23 2.6
10 24 0.1900 0.01750 1120 43 4.8 32 3.5
32 0.1900 0.02000 1285 49 5.5 36 4
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2020 96 10.8 75 9 105 12
28 0.2500 0.0364 2320 120 13.5 86 10 135 15
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 3340 17 23 13 18 19 26 16 22
24 0.3125 0.0580 3700 19 26 14 19 21 29 17 23
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 4940 30 41 23 31 35 48 28 38
24 0.3750 0.0878 5600 35 47 25 34 40 54 32 43
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 6800 50 68 35 47 55 75 45 61
20 0.4375 0.1187 7550 55 75 40 54 60 82 50 68
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 9050 75 102 55 75 85 116 68 92
20 0.5000 0.1599 10700 90 122 65 88 100 136 80 108
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 11600 110 149 80 108 120 163 98 133
18 0.5625 0.2030 12950 120 163 90 122 135 184 109 148
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 14400 150 203 110 149 165 224 135 183
18 0.6250 0.2560 16300 170 230 130 176 190 258 153 207
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 21300 260 353 200 271 285 388 240 325
16 0.7500 0.3730 23800 300 407 220 298 330 449 268 363
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 29400 430 583 320 434 475 646 386 523
14 0.8750 0.5090 32400 470 637 350 475 520 707 425 576
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 38600 640 868 480 651 675 918 579 785
12 1.0000 0.6630 42200 700 949 530 719 735 1000 633 858
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 42300 800 1085 600 813 840 1142 714 968
12 1.1250 0.8560 47500 880 1193 660 895 925 1258 802 1087
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 53800 1120 1518 840 1139 1175 1598 1009 1368
12 1.2500 1.0730 59600 1240 1681 920 1247 1300 1768 1118 1516
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 64100 1460 1979 1100 1491 1525 2074 1322 1792
12 1.3750 1.3150 73000 1680 2278 1260 1708 1750 2380 1506 2042
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 78000 1940 2630 1460 1979 2025 2754 1755 2379
12 1.5000 1.5800 87700 2200 2983 1640 2224 2300 3128 1974 2676
NO. 5000059 REV. J
NOTES: 1. THESE TORQUE VALUES DO NOT APPLY TO CADMIUM PLATED FASTENERS
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
REFERENCE JLG ANEROBIC THREAD LOCKING COMPOUND

JLG P/N Loctite® P/N ND Industries P/N Description
0100011 242TM Vibra-TITE TM 121 Medium Strength (Blue)

0100019 271TM Vibra-TITE TM 140 High Strength (Red)
0100071 262TM Vibra-TITE TM 131 Medium - High Strength (Red)
Figure 1-3. Torque Chart (SAE Fasteners - Sheet 1 of 7)
1-10 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SAE GRADE 8 (HEX HD) BOLTS & GRADE 8 NUTS*

Torque Torque
Torque
Tensile (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM (Loctite® 262TM or Vibra-
Size TPI Bolt Dia Clamp Load (Dry or Loctite® 263)
Stress Area
K= 0.20 OR Vibra-TITE TM 111 or TITETM 131)
140) K=.18 K=0.15
In Sq In LB IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m] IN-LB [N.m]
4 40 0.1120 0.00604
48 0.1120 0.00661
6 32 0.1380 0.00909
40 0.1380 0.01015
8 32 0.1640 0.01400
36 0.1640 0.01474 1320 43 5
10 24 0.1900 0.01750 1580 60 7
32 0.1900 0.02000 1800 68 8
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2860 143 16 129 15
28 0.2500 0.0364 3280 164 19 148 17
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 4720 25 35 20 25 20 25
24 0.3125 0.0580 5220 25 35 25 35 20 25
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 7000 45 60 40 55 35 50
24 0.3750 0.0878 7900 50 70 45 60 35 50
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 9550 70 95 65 90 50 70
20 0.4375 0.1187 10700 80 110 70 95 60 80
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 12750 105 145 95 130 80 110
20 0.5000 0.1599 14400 120 165 110 150 90 120
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 16400 155 210 140 190 115 155
18 0.5625 0.2030 18250 170 230 155 210 130 175
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 20350 210 285 190 260 160 220
18 0.6250 0.2560 23000 240 325 215 290 180 245
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 30100 375 510 340 460 280 380
16 0.7500 0.3730 33600 420 570 380 515 315 430
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 41600 605 825 545 740 455 620
14 0.8750 0.5090 45800 670 910 600 815 500 680
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 51500 860 1170 770 1045 645 875
12 1.0000 0.6630 59700 995 1355 895 1215 745 1015
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 68700 1290 1755 1160 1580 965 1310
12 1.1250 0.8560 77000 1445 1965 1300 1770 1085 1475
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 87200 1815 2470 1635 2225 1365 1855
12 1.2500 1.0730 96600 2015 2740 1810 2460 1510 2055
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 104000 2385 3245 2145 2915 1785 2430
12 1.3750 1.3150 118100 2705 3680 2435 3310 2030 2760
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 126500 3165 4305 2845 3870 2370 3225
12 1.5000 1.5800 142200 3555 4835 3200 4350 2665 3625
NO. 5000059 REV. J
3. * ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER
3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-11

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS

Magni Coating (Ref 4150701)*
Torque
Torque
(Loctite® 242TM or 271TM (Loctite® 262TM
Tensile Clamp Load Torque
Size TPI Bolt Dia
Stress Area See Note 4 (Dry) K = .17 OR Vibra-TITE TM 111 or TM
or Vibra-TITE 131)
140 OR Precoat 85® K=0.15
K=0.16
4 40 0.1120 0.00604
48 0.1120 0.00661
6 32 0.1380 0.00909
40 0.1380 0.01015
8 32 0.1640 0.01400
36 0.1640 0.01474
10 24 0.1900 0.01750
32 0.1900 0.02000
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2860 122 14 114 13
28 0.2500 0.0364 3280 139 16 131 15
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 4720 20 25 20 25 20 25
24 0.3125 0.0580 5220 25 35 20 25 20 25
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 7000 35 50 35 50 35 50
24 0.3750 0.0878 7900 40 55 40 55 35 50
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 9550 60 80 55 75 50 70
20 0.4375 0.1187 10700 65 90 60 80 60 80
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 12750 90 120 85 115 80 110
20 0.5000 0.1599 14400 100 135 95 130 90 120
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 16400 130 175 125 170 115 155
18 0.5625 0.2030 18250 145 195 135 185 130 175
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 20350 180 245 170 230 160 220
18 0.6250 0.2560 23000 205 280 190 260 180 245
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 30100 320 435 300 410 280 380
16 0.7500 0.3730 33600 355 485 335 455 315 430
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 41600 515 700 485 660 455 620
14 0.8750 0.5090 45800 570 775 535 730 500 680
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 51500 730 995 685 930 645 875
12 1.0000 0.6630 59700 845 1150 795 1080 745 1015
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 68700 1095 1490 1030 1400 965 1310
12 1.1250 0.8560 77000 1225 1665 1155 1570 1085 1475
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 87200 1545 2100 1455 1980 1365 1855
12 1.2500 1.0730 96600 1710 2325 1610 2190 1510 2055
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 104000 2025 2755 1905 2590 1785 2430
12 1.3750 1.3150 118100 2300 3130 2165 2945 2030 2760
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 126500 2690 3660 2530 3440 2370 3225
12 1.5000 1.5800 142200 3020 4105 2845 3870 2665 3625
NO. 5000059 REV. J
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH
CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
1-12 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS

Zinc Yellow Chromate Fasteners (Ref 4150707)*
Torque
Torque
Torque (Loctite® 242TM or 271TM
Tensile Clamp Load (Loctite® 262TM
Size TPI Bolt Dia
Stress Area See Note 4
(Dry) OR Vibra-TITE TM 111 or TM
or Vibra-TITE 131)
K = .20 140 OR Precoat 85® K=0.15
K=0.18
4 40 0.1120 0.00604
48 0.1120 0.00661
6 32 0.1380 0.00909
40 0.1380 0.01015
8 32 0.1640 0.01400
36 0.1640 0.01474
10 24 0.1900 0.01750
32 0.1900 0.02000
1/4 20 0.2500 0.0318 2860 143 16 129 15
28 0.2500 0.0364 3280 164 19 148 17
In Sq In LB FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m] FT-LB [N.m]
5/16 18 0.3125 0.0524 4720 25 35 20 25 20 25
24 0.3125 0.0580 5220 25 35 25 35 20 25
3/8 16 0.3750 0.0775 7000 45 60 40 55 35 50
24 0.3750 0.0878 7900 50 70 45 60 35 50
7/16 14 0.4375 0.1063 9550 70 95 65 90 50 70
20 0.4375 0.1187 10700 80 110 70 95 60 80
1/2 13 0.5000 0.1419 12750 105 145 95 130 80 110
20 0.5000 0.1599 14400 120 165 110 150 90 120
9/16 12 0.5625 0.1820 16400 155 210 140 190 115 155
18 0.5625 0.2030 18250 170 230 155 210 130 175
5/8 11 0.6250 0.2260 20350 210 285 190 260 160 220
18 0.6250 0.2560 23000 240 325 215 290 180 245
3/4 10 0.7500 0.3340 30100 375 510 340 460 280 380
16 0.7500 0.3730 33600 420 570 380 515 315 430
7/8 9 0.8750 0.4620 41600 605 825 545 740 455 620
14 0.8750 0.5090 45800 670 910 600 815 500 680
1 8 1.0000 0.6060 51500 860 1170 775 1055 645 875
12 1.0000 0.6630 59700 995 1355 895 1215 745 1015
1 1/8 7 1.1250 0.7630 68700 1290 1755 1160 1580 965 1310
12 1.1250 0.8560 77000 1445 1965 1300 1770 1085 1475
1 1/4 7 1.2500 0.9690 87200 1815 2470 1635 2225 1365 1855
12 1.2500 1.0730 96600 2015 2740 1810 2460 1510 2055
1 3/8 6 1.3750 1.1550 104000 2385 3245 2145 2915 1785 2430
12 1.3750 1.3150 118100 2705 3680 2435 3310 2030 2760
1 1/2 6 1.5000 1.4050 126500 3165 4305 2845 3870 2370 3225
12 1.5000 1.5800 142200 3555 4835 3200 4350 2665 3625
NO. 5000059 REV. J
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH
CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED, ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-13

CLASS 8.8 METRIC BOLTS

CLASS 8 METRIC NUTS
Torque
Torque (Loctite®
Tensile Torque
Clamp Torque (Loctite® 262TM 242TM or 271TM
Size PITCH Stress (Dry or Loctite®
Load (Lub) OR Vibra- OR Vibra-
Area 263TM)
TITETM 131) TITETM 111 or
140)
Sq mm KN [N.m] [N.m] [N.m] [N.m]
3 0.5 5.03 2.19 1.3 1.0 1.2 1.4

3.5 0.6 6.78 2.95 2.1 1.6 1.9 2.3
4 0.7 8.78 3.82 3.1 2.3 2.8 3.4
5 0.8 14.20 6.18 6.2 4.6 5.6 6.8
6 1 20.10 8.74 11 7.9 9.4 12
7 1 28.90 12.6 18 13 16 19
8 1.25 36.60 15.9 26 19 23 28
10 1.5 58.00 25.2 50 38 45 55
12 1.75 84.30 36.7 88 66 79 97
14 2 115 50.0 140 105 126 154
16 2 157 68.3 219 164 197 241
18 2.5 192 83.5 301 226 271 331
20 2.5 245 106.5 426 320 383 469
22 2.5 303 132.0 581 436 523 639
24 3 353 153.5 737 553 663 811
27 3 459 199.5 1080 810 970 1130
30 3.5 561 244.0 1460 1100 1320 1530
33 3.5 694 302.0 1990 1490 1790 2090
36 4 817 355.5 2560 1920 2300 2690
42 4.5 1120 487.0 4090 3070 3680 4290
NO. 5000059 REV. J
2. ALL TORQUE VALUES ARE STATIC TORQUE MEASURED PER STANDARD AUDIT
METHODS TOLERANCE = ±10%
*3. ASSEMBLY USES HARDENED WASHER OR FASTENER IS PLACED AGAINST PLATED
STEEL OR RAW ALUMINUM
4. CLAMP LOAD LISTED FOR SHCS IS SAME AS GRADE 8 OR CLASS 10.9 AND DOES NOT
REPRESENT FULL STRENGTH CAPABILITY OF SHCS. IF HIGHER LOAD IS REQUIRED,
ADDITIONAL TESTING IS REQUIRED.
Figure 1-7. Torque Chart (METRIC Fasteners - Sheet 5 of 7)
1-14 – JLG Lift – 3121829

CLASS 10.9 METRIC BOLTS

CLASS 10 METRIC NUTS
CLASS 12.9 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS M3 - M5*
Torque
Torque (Lub OR Loctite® Torque
Tensile
Clamp (Dry or Loctite® 242TM or 271TM OR (Loctite® 262TM OR
Size PITCH Stress
Load 263TM) Vibra-TITE TM 111 or Vibra-TITE TM 131)
Area
K = 0.20 140) K=0.15
K= 0.18
Sq mm KN [N.m] [N.m] [N.m]
3 0.5 5.03 3.13

3.5 0.6 6.78 4.22
4 0.7 8.78 5.47
5 0.8 14.20 8.85
6 1 20.10 12.5
7 1 28.90 18.0 25.2 22.7 18.9
8 1.25 36.60 22.8 36.5 32.8 27.4
10 1.5 58.00 36.1 70 65 55
12 1.75 84.30 52.5 125 115 95
14 2 115 71.6 200 180 150
16 2 157 97.8 315 280 235
18 2.5 192 119.5 430 385 325
20 2.5 245 152.5 610 550 460
22 2.5 303 189.0 830 750 625
24 3 353 222.0 1065 960 800
27 3 459 286.0 1545 1390 1160
30 3.5 561 349.5 2095 1885 1575
33 3.5 694 432.5 2855 2570 2140
36 4 817 509.0 3665 3300 2750
42 4.5 1120 698.0 5865 5275 4395
NO. 5000059 REV. J
3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-15

Magni Coating (Ref 4150701)*
CLASS 12.9 SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREWS

M6 AND ABOVE*
Torque
Torque
Torque (Lub OR Loctite®
Tensile (Loctite® 262TM
Clamp Load (Dry or Loctite® 242TM or 271TM
Size PITCH Stress OR Vibra-TITE TM
See Note 4 263TM) OR Vibra-TITE TM
Area 131)
K = .17 111 or 140)
K = .15
K = .16
Sq mm kN [N.m] [N.m] [N.m]
3 0.5 5.03
3.5 0.6 6.78
4 0.7 8.78
5 0.8 14.20
6 1 20.10 12.5 13 12 11
7 1 28.90 18.0 21 20 19
8 1.25 36.60 22.8 31 29 27
10 1.5 58.00 36.1 61 58 54
12 1.75 84.30 52.5 105 100 95
14 2 115 71.6 170 160 150
16 2 157 97.8 265 250 235
18 2.5 192 119.5 365 345 325
20 2.5 245 152.5 520 490 460
22 2.5 303 189.0 705 665 625
24 3 353 220.0 900 845 790
27 3 459 286.0 1315 1235 1160
30 3.5 561 349.5 1780 1680 1575
33 3.5 694 432.5 2425 2285 2140
36 4 817 509.0 3115 2930 2750
42 4.5 1120 698.0 4985 4690 4395
NO. 5000059 REV. J
1-16 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
SECTION 2. GENERAL
2.1 MACHINE PREPARATION, INSPECTION, Reference the JLG Pre-Delivery and Frequent Inspection
Form and the Inspection and Preventive Maintenance
AND MAINTENANCE Schedule for items requiring inspection during the perfor-
mance of these inspections. Reference the appropriate
General areas of this manual for servicing and maintenance proce-
dures.
This section provides the necessary information needed
by those personnel that are responsible to place the
machine in operation readiness and maintain its safe Annual Machine Inspection
operating condition. For maximum service life and safe
The Annual Machine Inspection must be performed on an
operation, ensure that all the necessary inspections and
annual basis, no later than thirteen (13) months from the
maintenance have been completed before placing the
date of the prior Annual Machine Inspection. JLG Indus-
machine into service.
tries recommends this task be performed by a Factory-
Trained Service Technician. JLG Industries, Inc. recog-
Preparation, Inspection, and Maintenance nizes a Factory-Trained Service Technician as a person
It is important to establish and conform to a comprehen- who has successfully completed the JLG Service Training
sive inspection and preventive maintenance program. The School for the subject JLG product model. Reference the
following table outlines the periodic machine inspections machine Service and Maintenance Manual and appropri-
and maintenance recommended by JLG Industries, Inc. ate JLG inspection form for performance of this inspec-
Consult your national, regional, or local regulations for fur- tion.
ther requirements for aerial work platforms. The frequency
of inspections and maintenance must be increased as Reference the JLG Annual Machine Inspection Form and
environment, severity and frequency of usage requires. the Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule for
items requiring inspection during the performance of this
Pre-Start Inspection inspection. Reference the appropriate areas of this man-
ual for servicing and maintenance procedures.
It is the User’s or Operator’s primary responsibility to per-
form a Pre-Start Inspection of the machine prior to use For the purpose of receiving safety-related bulletins, it is
daily or at each change of operator. Reference the Opera- important that JLG Industries, Inc. has updated ownership
tor’s and Safety Manual for completion procedures for the information for each machine. When performing each
Pre-Start Inspection. The Operator and Safety Manual Annual Machine Inspection, notify JLG Industries, Inc. of
must be read in its entirety and understood prior to per- the current machine ownership.
forming the Pre-Start Inspection.
Preventive Maintenance
Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent
In conjunction with the specified inspections, mainte-
Inspection nance shall be performed by a qualified JLG equipment
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection shall mechanic. JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG
be performed by a qualified JLG equipment mechanic. equipment mechanic as a person who, by possession of a
JLG Industries, Inc. recognizes a qualified JLG equipment recognized degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, train-
mechanic as a person who, by possession of a recog- ing, or experience, has successfully demonstrated the
nized degree, certificate, extensive knowledge, training, or ability and proficiency to service, repair, and maintain the
experience, has successfully demonstrated the ability and subject JLG product model.
proficiency to service, repair, and maintain the subject
Reference the Preventive Maintenance Schedule and the
JLG product model.
appropriate areas of this manual for servicing and mainte-
The Pre-Delivery Inspection and Frequent Inspection pro- nance procedures. The frequency of service and mainte-
cedures are performed in the same manner, but at differ- nance must be increased as environment, severity and
ent times. The Pre-Delivery Inspection shall be performed frequency of usage requires.
prior to each sale, lease, or rental delivery. The Frequent
Inspection shall be accomplished for each machine in ser-
vice for 3 months or 150 hours (whichever comes first);
out of service for a period of more than 3 months; or when
purchased used. The frequency of this inspection must be
increased as environment, severity and frequency of
usage requires.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 2-1

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-1. Inspection and Maintenance
Primary Service
Type Frequency Reference
Responsibility Qualification
Pre-Start Inspection Prior to use each day; or User or Operator User or Operator Operator and Safety Manual
At each Operator change.
Pre-Delivery Prior to each sale, lease, or Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Service and Maintenance
Inspection rental delivery. Mechanic Manual and applicable JLG
inspection form.
Frequent Inspection In service for 3 months or 150 hours, which- Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Service and Maintenance
ever comes first; or Mechanic Manual and applicable JLG
Out of service for a period of more than 3 inspection form.
months; or
Purchased used.
Annual Machine Annually, no later than 13 months from the Owner, Dealer, or User Factory-Trained Service and Maintenance
Inspection date of the prior inspection. Service Technician Manual and applicable JLG
(Recommended) inspection form.
Preventive At intervals as specified in the Service and Owner, Dealer, or User Qualified JLG Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Maintenance Manual. Mechanic Manual
2.2 SERVICE AND GUIDELINES 2. At any time when air, fuel, or oil lines are discon-
nected, clear adjacent areas as well as the openings
General and fittings themselves. As soon as a line or compo-
nent is disconnected, cap or cover all openings to
The following information is provided to assist you in the prevent entry of foreign matter.
use and application of servicing and maintenance proce-
dures contained in this book. 3. Clean and inspect all parts during servicing or main-
tenance, and assure that all passages and openings
Safety and Workmanship are unobstructed. Cover all parts to keep them
clean. Be sure all parts are clean before they are
Your safety, and that of others, is the first consideration
when engaging in the maintenance of equipment. Always installed. New parts should remain in their contain-
be conscious of weight. Never attempt to move heavy ers until they are ready to be used.
parts without the aid of a mechanical device. Do not allow
heavy objects to rest in an unstable position. When raising Components Removal and Installation
a portion of the equipment, ensure that adequate support
is provided. 4. Use adjustable lifting devices, whenever possible, if
mechanical assistance is required. All slings (chains,
Cleanliness cables, etc.) should be parallel to each other and as
near perpendicular as possible to top of part being
1. The most important single item in preserving the
long service life of a machine is to keep dirt and for- lifted.
eign materials out of the vital components. Precau-
5. Should it be necessary to remove a component on
tions have been taken to safeguard against this.
Shields, covers, seals, and filters are provided to an angle, keep in mind that the capacity of an eye-
keep air, fuel, and oil supplies clean; however, these bolt or similar bracket lessens, as the angle between
items must be maintained on a scheduled basis in the supporting structure and the component
order to function properly. becomes less than 90 degrees.
6. If a part resists removal, check to see whether all

nuts, bolts, cables, brackets, wiring, etc., have been
removed and that no adjacent parts are interfering.
2-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Component Disassembly and Reassembly Hydraulic Lines and Electrical Wiring

When disassembling or reassembling a component, com- Clearly mark or tag hydraulic lines and electrical wiring, as
plete the procedural steps in sequence. Do not partially well as their receptacles, when disconnecting or removing
disassemble or assemble one part, then start on another. them from the unit. This will assure that they are correctly
Always recheck your work to assure that nothing has been reinstalled.
overlooked. Do not make any adjustments, other than
those recommended, without obtaining proper approval. Hydraulic System
1. Keep the system clean. If evidence of metal or rub-
Pressure-Fit Parts ber particles are found in the hydraulic system, drain
and flush the entire system.
When assembling pressure-fit parts, use an anti-seize or
molybdenum disulfide base compound to lubricate the 2. Disassemble and reassemble parts on clean work
mating surface. surface. Clean all metal parts with non-flammable
cleaning solvent. Lubricate components, as
Bearings required, to aid assembly.
1. When a bearing is removed, cover it to keep out dirt Lubrication

and abrasives. Clean bearings in nonflammable
Service applicable components with the amount, type,
cleaning solvent and allow to drip dry. Compressed
and grade of lubricant recommended in this manual, at
air can be used but do not spin the bearing.
the specified intervals. When recommended lubricants are
2. Discard bearings if the races and balls (or rollers) not available, consult your local supplier for an equivalent
are pitted, scored, or burned. that meets or exceeds the specifications listed.
3. If bearing is found to be serviceable, apply a light Battery

coat of oil and wrap it in clean (waxed) paper. Do not
unwrap reusable or new bearings until they are Clean battery, using a non-metallic brush and a solution of
ready to install. baking soda and water. Rinse with clean water. After
cleaning, thoroughly dry battery and coat terminals with
4. Lubricate new or used serviceable bearings before an anti corrosion compound.
installation. When pressing a bearing into a retainer
or bore, apply pressure to the outer race. If the bear- Lubrication and Servicing
ing is to be installed on a shaft, apply pressure to the
inner race. Components and assemblies requiring lubrication and
servicing are shown in the Lubrication Chart in Section 1.
Gaskets
2.3 LUBRICATION AND INFORMATION
Check that holes in gaskets align with openings in the
mating parts. If it becomes necessary to hand-fabricate a Hydraulic System
gasket, use gasket material or stock of equivalent material
and thickness. Be sure to cut holes in the right location, as 1. The primary enemy of a hydraulic system is contam-
blank gaskets can cause serious system damage. ination. Contaminants enter the system by various
means, e.g., using inadequate hydraulic oil, allowing
Bolt Usage and Torque Application moisture, grease, filings, sealing components, sand,
etc., to enter when performing maintenance, or by
1. Use bolts of proper length. A bolt which is too long permitting the pump to cavitate due to insufficient
will bottom before the head is tight against its related system warm-up or leaks in the pump supply (suc-
part. If a bolt is too short, there will not be enough tion) lines.
thread area to engage and hold the part properly.
When replacing bolts, use only those having the 2. The design and manufacturing tolerances of the
same specifications of the original, or one which is component working parts are very close, therefore,
equivalent. even the smallest amount of dirt or foreign matter
entering a system can cause wear or damage to the
2. Unless specific torque requirements are given within components and generally results in faulty opera-
the text, standard torque values should be used on tion. Every precaution must be taken to keep
heat-treated bolts, studs, and steel nuts, in accor- hydraulic oil clean, including reserve oil in storage.
dance with recommended shop practices. (See Hydraulic system filters should be checked,
Torque Chart Section 1.) cleaned, and/or replaced as necessary, at the speci-
3121829 – JLG Lift – 2-3

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
fied intervals required in the Lubrication Chart in Lubrication Specifications

Section 1. Always examine filters for evidence of
metal particles. Specified lubricants, as recommended by the component
manufacturers, are always the best choice, however,
3. Cloudy oils indicate a high moisture content which multi-purpose greases usually have the qualities which
permits organic growth, resulting in oxidation or cor- meet a variety of single purpose grease requirements.
rosion. If this condition occurs, the system must be Should any question arise, regarding the use of greases in
drained, flushed, and refilled with clean oil. maintenance stock, consult your local supplier for evalua-
tion. Refer to Section 1 for an explanation of the lubricant
4. It is not advisable to mix oils of different brands or
key designations appearing in the Lubrication Chart.
types, as they may not contain the same required
additives or be of comparable viscosities. Good
grade mineral oils, with viscosities suited to the 2.4 CYLINDER DRIFT TEST
ambient temperatures in which the machine is oper-
ating, are recommended for use. Maximum acceptable cylinder drift is to be measured
using the following methods.
NOTE: Metal particles may appear in the oil or filters of new
machines due to the wear-in of meshing compo- Platform Drift
nents.
Measure the drift of the platform to the ground. Lower
booms (if equipped) slightly elevated, upper boom fully
Hydraulic Oil extended with the rated load in the platform and power off.
Maximum allowable drift is 2 inches (5 cm) in 10 minutes.
1. Refer to Section 1 for recommendations for viscosity
If the machine does not pass this test, proceed with the
ranges.
following.
2. JLG recommends Mobil DTE-11 hydraulic oil, which
has an SAE viscosity of 10W and a viscosity index of Cylinder Drift
140.
Table 2-2. Cylinder Drift
NOTE: Start-up of hydraulic system with oil temperatures
below -20 degrees F (-29 degrees C) is not recom- Max. Acceptable Drift
mended. If it is necessary to start the system in a Cylinder Bore Diameter
in 10 Minutes
sub-zero environment, it will be necessary to heat
the oil with a low density, 100VAC heater to a mini- inches mm inches mm
mum temperature of -20 degrees F (-29 degrees C). 3 76.2 0.026 0.66
3.5 89 0.019 0.48
Changing Hydraulic Oil 4 101.6 0.015 0.38
5 127 0.009 0.22
1. Filter elements must be changed after the first 50
hours of operation and every 300 hours thereafter. If 6 152.4 0.006 0.15
it is necessary to change the oil, use only those oils 7 177.8 0.005 0.13
meeting or exceeding the specifications appearing 8 203.2 0.0038 0.10
in this manual. If unable to obtain the same type of
9 228.6 0.0030 0.08
oil supplied with the machine, consult local supplier
for assistance in selecting the proper equivalent.
Avoid mixing petroleum and synthetic base oils. Drift is to be measured at the cylinder rod with a calibrated
dial indicator. The cylinder oil must be at ambient temper-
2. Use every precaution to keep the hydraulic oil clean. ature and temperature stabilized.
If the oil must be poured from the original container
into another, be sure to clean all possible contami- The cylinder must have the normal load, which is the nor-
nants from the service container. Always clean the mal platform load applied.
mesh element of the filter and replace the cartridge
any time the system oil is changed. If the cylinder passes this test, it is acceptable.
3. While the unit is shut down, a good preventive main- NOTE: This information is based on 6 drops per minute cyl-
tenance measure is to make a thorough inspection inder leakage.
of all hydraulic components, lines, fittings, etc., as
well as a functional check of each system, before
placing the machine back in service.
2-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
2.5 PINS AND COMPOSITE BEARING 2.6 WELDING ON JLG EQUIPMENT

REPAIR GUIDELINES NOTE: This instruction applies to repairs, or modifications to
Filament wound bearings. the machine and to welding performed from the
machine on an external structure, or component,
1. Pinned joints should be disassembled and
inspected if the following occurs:
Do the Following When Welding on JLG
a. Excessive sloppiness in joints. Equipment
b. Noise originating from the joint during operation.
• Disconnect the battery.
2. Filament wound bearings should be replaced if any
of the following is observed: • Ground only to structure being welded.
a. Frayed or separated fibers on the liner surface. Do NOT Do the Following When Welding on
b. Cracked or damaged liner backing.
JLG Equipment
c. Bearings that have moved or spun in their hous-
ing. • Ground on frame and weld on any other area than the
d. Debris embedded in liner surface. chassis.
3. Pins should be replaced if any of the following is • Ground on turntable and weld on any other area than
observed (pin should be properly cleaned prior to the turntable.
inspection): • Ground on the platform/support and weld on any other
a. Detectable wear in the bearing area. area than the platform/support.
b. Flaking, pealing, scoring, or scratches on the pin • Ground on a specific boom section and weld on any
surface. other area than that specific boom section.
c. Rusting of the pin in the bearing area. • Allow pins, wear pads, wire ropes, bearings, gearing,
4. Re-assembly of pinned joints using filament wound seals, valves, electrical wiring, or hoses to be between
bearings. the grounding position and the welded area.
a. Housing should be blown out to remove all dirt

and debris...bearings and bearing housings
FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE REQUIREMENTS MAY
must be free of all contamination.
RESULT IN COMPONENT DAMAGE (I.E. ELECTRONIC MODULES,
b. Bearing / pins should be cleaned with a solvent SWING BEARING, COLLECTOR RING, BOOM WIRE ROPES ETC.)
to remove all grease and oil...filament wound
bearing are a dry joint and should not be lubri-
cated unless otherwise instructed (i.e. sheave
pins).
c. Pins should be inspected to ensure it is free of
burrs, nicks, and scratches which would dam-
age the bearing during installation and opera-
tion.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 2-5

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
Table 2-3. Inspection and Preventive Maintenance Schedule
INTERVAL
AREA Weekly Monthly Pre-Delivery2 Annual4

Pre-Start1 Preventive Preventive or Frequent3
Every 2
(Yearly) Years
Inspection Maintenance Maintenance Inspection Inspection
Boom Assembly 9
Boom Weldments 1,2,4 1,2,4
Hose/Cable Carrier Installations 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12
Pivot Pins and Pin Retainers 1,2 1,2
Sheaves, Sheave Pins 1,2 1,2
Bearings 1,2 1,2
Wear Pads 1,2 1,2
Covers or Shields 1,2 1,2
Extend/Retract Chain or Cable Systems 1,2,3 1,2,3
Platform Assembly 9
Platform 1,2 1,2
Railing 1,2 1 1,2
Gate 5 1 1,5
Floor 1,2 1 1,2
Rotator 9,5 15
Lanyard Anchorage Point 2 1,2,10 1,2,10
Turntable Assembly 9
Swing Bearing or Worm Gear 1,2,14 1,2,3,13,14
Oil Coupling 9
Swing Drive System 11 11
Turntable Lock 1,2,5 1,2,5
Hood, Hood Props, Hood Latches 5 1,2,5
Chassis Assembly 9
Tires 1 16,17 16,17,18 16,17,18
Wheel Nuts/Bolts 1 15 15 15
Wheel Bearings 14,24
Oscillating Axle/Lockout Cylinder Systems 5,8
Outrigger or Extendable Axle Systems 5,8 5,8
Steer Components
Drive Motors
Drive Hubs 11 11
Functions/Controls 9
Platform Controls 5 5 6 6
2-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Every 2
(Yearly) Years
Ground Controls 5 5 6 6
Function Control Locks, Guards, or Detents 1,5 1,5 5 5
Footswitch 1,5 5 5
Emergency Stop Switches (Ground & Platform) 5 5 5
Function Limit or Cutout Switch Systems 5 5 5
Capacity Indicator 5
Drive Brakes 5
Swing Brakes 5
Boom Synchronization/Sequencing Systems 5
Manual Descent or Auxiliary Power 5 5
Power System 9
Engine Idle, Throttle, and RPM 3 3
Engine Fluids (Oil, Coolant, Fuel) 11 9,11 11 11
Air/Fuel Filter 1,7 7 7
Exhaust System 1,9 9 9
Batteries 5 1,9 19
Battery Fluid 11 11 11
Battery Charger 5 5
Fuel Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 11,9 2 1,5 1,5
Hydraulic/Electric System 9
Hydraulic Pumps 1,9 1,2,9
Hydraulic Cylinders 1,9,7 2 1,2,9 1,2,9
Cylinder Attachment Pins and Pin Retainers 1,9 1,2 1,2
Hydraulic Hoses, Lines, and Fittings 1,9 12 1,2,9,12 1,2,9,12
Hydraulic Reservoir, Cap, and Breather 11 1,9 2 1,5 1,5 24
Hydraulic Filter 1,9 7 7
Hydraulic Fluid 11 7,11 7,11
Electrical Connections 1 20 20
Instruments, Gauges, Switches, Lights, Horn 1 5,23
General
Operators and Safety Manuals in Storage Box 21 21 21
ANSI and EMI Manuals/Handbooks Installed 21
Capacity Decals Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21 21
All Decals/Placards Installed, Secure, Legible 21 21 21
3121829 – JLG Lift – 2-7

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
INTERVAL

Every 2
(Yearly) Years
Walk-Around Inspection Performed 21

Annual Machine Inspection Due 21
No Unauthorized Modifications or Additions 21 21
All Relevant Safety Publications Incorporated 21 21
General Structural Condition and Welds 2,4 2,4
All Fasteners, Pins, Shields, and Covers 1,2 1,2
Grease and Lubricate to Specifications 22 22
Function Test of All Systems 21 21 21, 22
Paint and Appearance 7 7
Stamp Inspection Date on Frame 22
Notify JLG of Machine Ownership 22
Footnotes:
1 Prior to use each day; or at each Operator change
2 Prior to each sale, lease, or delivery
3 In service for 3 months or 150 Hours; or Out of service for 3 months or more; or Purchased used
4 Annually, no later than 13 months from the date of the prior inspection
Performance Codes:
1 - Check for proper and secure installation
2 - Visual inspection for damage, cracks, distortion or excessive wear
3 - Check for proper adjustment
4 - Check for cracked or broken welds
5 - Operates Properly
6 - Returns to neutral or "off" position when released
7 - Clean and free of debris
8 - Interlocks function properly
9 - Check for signs of leakage
10 - Decals installed and legible
11 - Check for proper fluid level
12 - Check for chafing and proper routing
13 - Check for proper tolerances
14 - Properly lubricated
15 - Torqued to proper specification
16 - No gouges, excessive wear, or cords showing
17 - Properly inflated and seated around rim
18 - Proper and authorized components
19 - Fully charged
20 - No loose connections, corrosion, or abrasions
21 - Verify
22 - Perform
23 - Sealed Properly
24 - Drain, Clean, Refill
2-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
AMBIENT AIR
TEMPERATURE
120 F(49 C)
NO OPERATION ABOVE THIS
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE 110 F(43 C)
SAE 10W-30
SAE 30
100 F(38 C)
90 F(32 C)
80 F(27 C)
70 F(21 C)
ENGINE 60 F(16 C)
SPECIFICATIONS
SAE 20
50 F(10 C)
40 F(4 C)
30 F(-1 C)
SAE 10
20 F(-7 C)
ENGINE WILL START AND OPERATE UNAIDED AT THIS
TEMPERATURE WITH THE RECOMMENDED FLUIDS AND A 10 F(-12 C)
FULLY CHARGED BATTERY.
0 F(-18 C)
SAE 5W-30
-10 F(-23 C)
-20 F(-29 C)
-30 F(-34 C)
-40 F(-40 C)
NO OPERATION BELOW THIS
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
EXTENDED DRIVING WITH

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK
TEMPERATURES OF 180° F
(82° C) OR ABOVE.
180° F(82° C)
(HYD. OIL TANK TEMP.)
IF EITHER OR BOTH CONDITIONS
EXIST JLG HIGHLY RECOMMENDS
THE ADDITION OF A HYDRAULIC
AMBIENT AIR OIL COOLER (CONSULT JLG SERVICE
TEMPERATURE
120° F (49° C)
NO OPERATION ABOVE THIS
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE PROLONGED OPERATION IN
110° F (43° C) AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURES
OF 100° F(38° C) OR ABOVE.
100° F (38° C)
90° F (32° C)
MOBIL 424 10W-30
80° F (27° C)
70° F (21° C)
EXXON UNIVIS HVI 26
60° F (16° C)
50° F (10° C) HYDRAULIC
SPECIFICATIONS
MOBIL DTE 13
40° F (4° C)
30° F (-1° C)
20° F (-7° C)
10° F (-12° C)
0° F (-18° C) DO NOT START UP HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
WITHOUT HEATING AIDS WITH MOBILE 424
-10° F (-23° C) HYDRAULIC OIL BELOW THIS TEMPERATURE
-20° F (-29° C)
DO NOT START UP HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
-30° F (-34° C) WITHOUT HEATING AIDS AND COLD WEATHER
HYDRAULIC OIL BELOW THIS TEMPERATURE
-40° F (-40° C)
NO OPERATION BELOW THIS
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
NOTE: 1) RECOMMENDATIONS ARE FOR AMBIENT TEMPERATURES

CONSISTANTLY WITHIN SHOWN LIMITS
2) ALL VALUES ARE ASSUMED TO BE AT SEA LEVEL.
4150548 E
Figure 2-1. Engine Operating Temperature Specifications - Kubota
3121829 – JLG Lift – 2-9

SECTION 2 - GENERAL
NOTES:
2-10 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 3. CHASSIS & TURNTABLE
3.1 TIRES & WHEELS Unless specifically approved by JLG Industries Inc. do not
replace a foam filled or ballast filled tire assembly with a
pneumatic tire. When selecting and installing a replace-
Tire Inflation ment tire, ensure that all tires are inflated to the pressure
The air pressure for pneumatic tires must be equal to recommended by JLG. Due to size variations between
the air pressure that is stenciled on the side of the JLG tire brands, both tires on the same axle should be the
product or rim decal for safe and proper operational same.
characteristics.
Wheel Replacement
Tire Damage
The rims installed on each product model have been
For pneumatic tires, JLG Industries, Inc. recommends that designed for stability requirements which consist of track
when any cut, rip, or tear is discovered that exposes side- width, tire pressure, and load capacity. Size changes such
wall or tread area cords in the tire, measures must be as rim width, center piece location, larger or smaller diam-
taken to remove the JLG product from service immedi- eter, etc., without written factory recommendations, may
ately. Arrangements must be made for replacement of the result in an unsafe condition regarding stability.
tire or tire assembly.
Wheel Installation
For polyurethane foam filled tires, JLG Industries, Inc. rec-
ommends that when any of the following are discovered, It is extremely important to apply and maintain proper
measures must be taken to remove the JLG product from wheel mounting torque.
service immediately and arrangements must be made for
replacement of the tire or tire assembly.
• a smooth, even cut through the cord plies which WHEEL NUTS MUST BE INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AT THE
exceeds 3 inches (7.5 cm) in total length PROPER TORQUE TO PREVENT LOOSE WHEELS, BROKEN
STUDS, AND POSSIBLE DANGEROUS SEPARATION OF WHEEL
• any tears or rips (ragged edges) in the cord plies which FROM THE AXLE. BE SURE TO USE ONLY THE NUTS MATCHED
exceeds 1 inch (2.5 cm) in any direction TO THE CONE ANGLE OF THE WHEEL.
• any punctures which exceed 1 inch in diameter
Tighten the lug nuts to the proper torque to prevent
• any damage to the bead area cords of the tire wheels from coming loose. Use a torque wrench to tighten
If a tire is damaged but is within the above noted criteria, the fasteners. If you do not have a torque wrench, tighten
the tire must be inspected on a daily basis to insure the the fasteners with a lug wrench, then immediately have a
service garage or dealer tighten the lug nuts to the proper
damage has not propagated beyond the allowable crite-
ria. torque. Over-tightening will result in breaking the studs or
permanently deforming the mounting stud holes in the
Tire Replacement wheels. The proper procedure for attaching wheels is as
follows:
JLG recommends a replacement tire be the same size, ply 1. Start all nuts by hand to prevent cross threading. DO
and brand as originally installed on the machine. Please NOT use a lubricant on threads or nuts.
refer to the JLG Parts Manual for the part number of the
approved tires for a particular machine model. If not using
a JLG approved replacement tire, we recommend that
replacement tires have the following characteristics:
• Equal or greater ply/load rating and size of original

• Tire tread contact width equal or greater than original
• Wheel diameter, width, and offset dimensions equal to
the original
• Approved for the application by the tire manufacturer
(including inflation pressure and maximum tire load)
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-1

2. Tighten nuts in the following sequence: 5. Check the unit for end play by moving the hub up &
down parallel along the centerline of the spindle. If
you can feel excessive end play (over the 0.010"
[0.25 mm] specification), recheck the nut to see
what is causing the excessive end play. Keep in
mind that there can be some movement and still be
within the 0.010" (0.25 mm) maximum specification.
If there is no way of getting the excessive end play
out by using your fingers, a socket or wrench may
have to be used to set the end play.
6. The units should be checked visually to make sure
the cotter pins are installed and that the correct
components have been used. Each unit must also
be checked for the proper feel to make sure there
isn’t excessive end play and the hubs turn freely.
7. Insert the dust cap and check to make sure the cot-
ter pin is not going to interfere. Cap must be pressed
3. The tightening of the nuts should be done in stages.
all the way down. The unit should be checked again
Following the recommended sequence, tighten nuts
to assure it spins freely after the dust cap is installed.
per wheel torque chart.
Table 3-1. Wheel Torque Chart Specifications

TORQUE SEQUENCE The end play specification is 0.001”/0.010" (0.025 / 0.254
mm) for all units.
1st Stage 2nd Stage 3rd Stage
40 ft. lbs. 100 ft. lbs. 170 ft. lbs. Checking
(55 Nm) (130 Nm) (255 Nm)
The end play is checked by clamping the spindle in a fix-
ture or vise and moving the hub parallel to the spindle
4. Wheel nuts should be torqued after first 50 hours of
centerline without rocking the hub. If the end play is set
operation and after each wheel removal. Check
properly the following should apply:
torque every 3 months or 150 hours of operation.
1. Hub should rotate freely when spun by hand.
3.2 SPINDLE 2. The hub should not be noticeably loose when

moved parallel with spindle centerline.
Setting Wheel Bearing End Play Greasing Requirements
Hub assemblies shall have grease packed in the bearings
via an appropriate greasing spindle or by hand. In either
BE SURE NOT TO OVER-TIGHTEN THE SPINDLE NUT.
method, the bearing must be greased so the grease is
forced thru the entire bearing cavity and thru the rollers of
1. Tighten the spindle nut to assure the bearings are
both inner and outer bearings.
properly seated.
Dust or grease caps used shall have grease applied to the
2. Loosen the spindle nut completely until the nut can
inside of the cap.
be turned by hand.
The bearing cavity shall be filled 50 - 80% full of grease on
3. Tighten the spindle nut by hand using a socket with-
all applications.
out rotating the hub.
Dust or grease caps shall also be filled 10-20% full of
4. If the cotter pin can be assembled with the spindle
grease on all applications prior to final assembly.
nut finger tight, insert cotter pin without backing the
nut off. If the cotter pin cannot be assembled with Visually verify that grease has flowed thru all rollers of the
the spindle nut hand tight, tighten the spindle nut to inner and outer bearings.
the nearest available slot and insert cotter pin. If
more than ½ of the cotter pin hole in the spindle can
be seen in a slot, back nut off to nearest slot and
insert pin.
3-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1. Dust Cap
2. Cotter Pin
3. Spindle Nut
4. Spindle Washer
5. Stud Nut
6. Bearing Cone
7. Hub
8. Bearing Cone
9. Seal
10. Spindle
Figure 3-3. Spindle Assembly
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-3

3.3 DRIVE HUB 15. Inspect the planetary stage assemblies as complete
units. Thoroughly clean and check both the gearing
PART NO. 2780236 and the bearings for damage and apply new oil. If
The final drive consists of two planetary stages with an the gears or bearings need replacing, they must be
integrated disconnect mechanism. Each stage incorpo- replaced as complete sets.
rates a set of matched planetary gears, which provide an 16. The first stage planetary gears (2) must be changed
equal load distribution. All torque transmitting compo- in sets of three pieces.
nents are made of forged quenched and tempered high-
17. The first stage planetary gears (2) must be changed
alloy steels. External gears are carbonized. Precision
as a complete set of three and JLG recommends
roller bearings support the sprocket or wheel loads. A
changing the sun gear shaft (43) along with this set
shaft seal protects the unit against contamination.
of planets.
18. The second stage planetary bearings (11) must be
Disassembly replaced in sets of four pieces.
1. Position drive so that one of the fill holes is at the 19. The second stage planetary gears (1) must be
bottom of the end cover and drain the oil. changed as a complete set of four and JLG recom-
2. Remove all bolts holding the motor and Remove mends changing the sun gear (3) along with this set
motor from drive. of planets.
3. Compress the disc (59) using a simple fixture or
other suitable device.
4. Remove snap ring (66) and release pressure on disc
until loose. Remove tool and disc.
5. Remove the spring (55) from the input shaft (44).
6. Turn unit so that cover (8) is in the up position.
7. Remove the screw plugs (22) and seal rings (21).
8. Remove snap rings (34), and remove the cover unit
(8) from drive.
9. Remove o-ring (33).
10. Remove the first stage planetary assembly (7).
11. Remove hex bolts (23).
12. Remove ring gear (30) and o-ring (19).
13. Remove snap rings (15).
14. Pull off planet gears (1) together with cylindrical
roller bearings (11) from spindle (60).
NOTE: Further disassembly of the hub is discouraged. rein-

stallation of the shaft nut (4) requires a special tool
and a torque of 626 ft. lbs. (876 Nm) for proper reas-
sembly. These components Will Fail if not properly
reassembled.
3-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Disassembly of Cover Assembly of First Stage Planetary Assembly

1. Loosen and remove hex head bolts (53) to remove
(7)
cover (51).
1. Pre-freeze planet pins (5) and install into planet car-
2. Remove shaft rod (56) and o-ring (54). rier (7).
3. Remove sleeve (52). 2. Install planet carrier (7) together with planet pins (5)
on sun gear (3), and install snap ring (16).
Disassembly of First Stage Planetary 3. Pre-heat thrust washer (49) and Install onto sun gear
Assembly (7) shaft (43).
4. Put sun gear shaft (43) into sun gear (3).
1. Push sun gear shaft (43) out of the first stage.
5. Pre-heat stay rings (17) and install onto planet pins
2. Remove snap rings (14).
(5).
3. Press planet pins (5) out of the planet gears (2).
6. Pre-heat cylindrical roller bearings (10) and install
4. Pull cylindrical roller bearing (10) out of the planet onto planet pins (5) and fix bearings with snap rings
gears (2). (14).
5. Remove snap ring (16) from sun gear (3) and
Remove planet carrier (7) from sun gear (3). Assembly of End Cover Unit (8)
6. Remove thrust washer (49). 1. Press sleeve (52) into cover (8).
Disassembly of Second Stage Planet Gears 2. Install o-ring (54) into groove of cover (8).
3. Install shift rod (56) into cover (8).
(1)
4. Install the cover (51) into cover (8) and fix cover (51)
1. Press cylindrical roller bearings out of planet gears with hex bolts (53). Tighten bolts with torque wrench
(1). to 6.3 ft. lbs. (8.5 Nm).
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-5

Final Assembly Maintenance

1. Install thrust washer (29) in spindle (60). Daily: - Check for oil leakage
2. Install o-ring (19) into groove of support ring (6). Weekly: - Check oil level
3. Install planet gears (1) onto planet pins which are Monthly: - Check mounting bolt torque
part of spindle (60).
4. Install snap rings (15) on planet pins of spindle (60) Oil Change Interval-Gear Drive
in order to fix the planet gears (1). 1. Perform the first oil change after approximately 150
5. Put ring gear (30) onto support ring (6) and fix ring hours.
gear (30) with hex head bolts (23). Tighten bolts with 2. Subsequent changes, every 1500 hours or annually,
torque wrench to 15.5 ft. lbs.(21.1 Nm). whichever occurs first.
6. Insert the first stage planetary assembly (7) into
NOTE: Flush the drive before filling with new oil.
drive.
7. Install o-ring (33) in groove of ring gear (30). Setting of Tapered Roller Bearings
8. Install end the cover unit (8) on shoulder ring gear
(30) and fix with snap ring (34). NOTE: The numbers in parentheses ( ) reference the figure
Drive Hub- Cutaway.
9. Install seal rings (21) and screw plugs (22).
10. Before installation of motor, CHECK THAT THERE IS 1. De-grease threads of the spindle (60) and shaft nut
1-2mm OF CLEARANCE BETWEEN THE MOTOR (4).
SPLINE SHAFT SHOULDER AND THE COUPLER
2. Spin the shaft nut onto spindle by hand to insure the
(62).
threads are in good condition.
11. Install the motor and reconnect hydraulic lines.
3. Apply Loctite 270 evenly to threads of the shaft nut.
12. Roll motor so that one fill plug is at 12 o’clock posi-
4. Rotate the support ring repeatedly in one direction
tion, and the other is at 3 o’clock. Fill to bottom of 3
only, during setting of the tapered roller bearings.
o’ clock plug with gear oil. reinstall plugs
5. Tighten shaft nut to 626 ft. lbs. (850 Nm).
Initial Start-up and After Repairs 6. Do not use the hub for 24 hours to allow the Loctite
Before operating the machine, make sure that the drive is to harden properly.
filled with clean oil, approximately.2 us gallons(.8 L). An 7. Do not fill with oil for 24 hours to allow the Loctite to
accurate oil level is determined by the oil level plug, which harden properly.
should be removed before oil fill.
Securing of the Shaft Nut
With the gear case filled to their proper levels, start the
1. After proper bearing setting is completed, use a suit-
machine and allow sufficient time for run-in at moderate
able punch to place ball (24) 0.04 to 0.05 inches (1.1
pressure and speed before running at full speed. After 4
to 1.3 mm) into the spindle thread. Then set ball (24)
hours of operation, recheck oil level.
in position by punching in expander (25).
3-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1. Planet Gear 15. Retaining Ring 31. thru 32. (Not Used) 56. Shaft Rod
2. Planet Gear 16. Retaining Ring 33. O Ring 57. thru 58. (Not Used)
3. Sun Gear 17. Support Disc 34. Spring 59. Rotor Disc
4. Shaft Nut 18. (Not Used) 35. thru 42. (Not Used) 60. Spindle
5. Planet Bolt 19. O Ring 43. Sun Gear Shaft 61. (Not Used)
6. Support Ring 20. Ring Seal 44. Input Shaft 62. Coupler
7. Planet Carrier 21. Screw Plug 45. thru 48. (Not Used) 63. thru 65.(Not Used)
8. Cover 22. Seal Ring 49. Washer 66. Retaining Ring
9. (Not Used) 23. Bolt 50. (Not Used) 67. thru 80. (Not Used)
10. Roller Bearing 24. Ball 51. Cover 81. Ball Bearing
11. Roller Bearing 25. Expander 52. Disc 82. Retaining Ring
12. Tapered Roller Bearing 26. thru 28. (Not Used) 53. Bolt 83. Retaining Ring
13. (Not Used) 29. Washer 54. O Ring 84. thru 87. (Not Used)
14. Retaining Ring 30. Ring Gear 55. Pressure Spring 88. Wheel Stud
Figure 3-1. Drive Hub - Cutaway
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-7

3.4 DRIVE BRAKE - MICO NOTE: Be sure to use the same number of springs and
spring pattern as recorded during disassembly. This
should be five red springs evenly spaced.
Disassembly
1. Remove pressure plate (3) from cover (21) by 5. Install dowel pins (20), spring retainer (16) and
removing the capscrews (1) and washers (2). springs (5) in cover plate (21).
6. Position plate (14) on springs (15). NOTE: Disc (13
&11) and plate (14) must remain dry during
PRESSURE PLATE IS UNDER SPRING TENSION OF APPROXI- installation. No oil residue must be allowed to
MATELY 1500 LBS (680 KGF). THE FOUR CAP SCREWS SHOULD contaminate disc surfaces.
BE LOOSENED EVENLY TO RELIEVE THIS FORCE. IF A HYDRAU- 7. Place a new rotor disc (13), including speed sensor
LIC PRESS IS AVAILABLE, 3000 LBS (1361 KGF) MINIMUM, THE ring (12), on the shaft (10) until it contacts the plate
PRESSURE PLATE CAN BE HELD IN POSITION WHILE REMOVING (14). Install stator disc (11).
THE CAP SCREWS AND WASHERS
8. Install new o-ring (5), new back-up ring (6), new o-
2. Remove case seal (4) from cover (21). ring (8) and new back-up ring (9) on piston (7). Note
order of o-rings and backup rings. Insert piston (7)
3. Remove piston (7) from pressure plate (3).
into pressure plate (3). Be careful not to shear o-
4. Remove o-ring (5), back-up ring (6), o-ring (8) and rings or back-up rings.
back-up ring (9) from piston (7).
9. Install new case seal (4) in cover (21).
IF THE SENSOR RING (12) IS DAMAGED OR NEEDS REPLACED, 10. Position pressure plate (3) on cover (21) aligning
THE ENTIRE BRAKE MUST BE REPLACED AS A UNIT. THE SEN- dowel pins (20) with holes in pressure plate.
SOR RING IS NOT AVAILABLE AS A SERVICE PART.
NOTE: A hydraulic press will simplify installation of pressure
5. Remove stack assembly, consisting of stator disc plate on cover. Clamp pressure plate in position
(11), sensor ring (12), rotor disc (13), and plate (14) while tightening the cap screws.
from cover (21).
11. Install capscrews (1) and washers (2) and tighten
6. Remove dowel pins (20), springs (15) and spring
evenly to draw pressure plate (3) to cover (21).
retainer (16) from cover (21).
Torque capscrews to 55 ft.lbs. (74.6 Nm).
NOTE: Note number and pattern of springs for reassembly
purposes.
IF HYDROSTATIC BENCH TESTING IS PERFORMED ON THE
7. Remove retaining ring (17) from cover (21).
BRAKE ASSEMBLY, RELEASE PRESSURE SHOULD NOT EXCEED
8. Remove shaft (10) by pressing or using a soft mallet 2000 PSI (137.9 BAR) UNLESS TWO ADDITIONAL BOLTS ARE
on male end of the shaft. USED FOR SUPPLEMENTAL CLAMPING.
9. Remove retaining ring (19) and bearing (18) from
shaft (10). Bleeding
10. Press rotary oil seal (20) from cover (18).
I
1. Install brake in system and connect pressure lines.

2. Bleed pressure release section of brake by pressur-
Assembly izing side inlet port and allowing air to escape from
top port. Pressure should not exceed 100 psi (6.9
NOTE: Lubricate all rubber components from the repair kit
bar) during bleeding.
with clean type fluid used in the system.
3. Apply sufficient pressure to release brake and check
1. Clean all parts thoroughly before assembly. for proper operation in system.
2. Press new rotary seal (22) into cover (21). Note
direction of seal
3. Install new bearing (18) and retaining ring (19) on
shaft (10).
4. Install shaft assembly and retaining ring (17) in
cover (21).
3-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

23
22 NOTE: The speed sensor port in the cover (21)
19 should be 180° from the brake release
port in the pressure plate (3).
21
18
17
16
20
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
2
1
23
1. Capscrew 7. Piston 13. Rotor Disc 19. Retaining Ring

2. Washer 8. O-ring 14. Plate 20. Dowel Pin
3. Pressure Plate 9. Backup Ring 15. Spring 21. Cover
4. Case Seal 10. Shaft 16. Spring Retainer 22. Rotary Oil Seal
5. O-ring 11. Stator Disc 17. Retaining Ring 23. Gasket
6. Backup Ring 12. Sensor Ring 18. Bearing
Figure 3-2. Drive Brake
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-9

Table 3-2. Drive Brake Diagnosis
Corrective
Problem Cause Explanation
Action
Brake slips Excessive pressure In hydraulic If there is back pressure in the actuation line of the Check filters. hose size, restrictions
system brake, holding torque will be reduced. in other hydraulic components.
Oil In brake if designed for dry Wet linings generate 67% of the dry torque rating. If Replace oil seal in brake. Check
use the brake has oil In it, check the type of oil hydraulic motor seal. Check piston seals.
or gearbox. Note: Internal components will
1. Gearbox oil need to be inspected, cleaned, and
2. Hydraulic oil replaced as required.
Springs broken or have taken a Broken or set springs can cause reduced torque - See spring replacement
permanent set rare occurrence.
Brake drags or runs Low actuation pressure The brake should be pressurized to minimum of Place pressure gauge in bleed port
hot 1.38 bar (20 psi) over the full release pressure under & check pressure with system on.
normal operating conditions. Lower pressures will
cause the brake to drag thus generating heat.
Bearing failure If the bearing should fall. a large amount of drag can Replace bearing.
be generated.
Brake will not release Stuck or clogged valve Brakes are designed to come on when system pres- Place pressure gauge in bleed port
sure drops below stated release pressure. If pres- - check for adequate pressure.
sure cannot get to brake, the brake will not release. Replace defective line or compo-
nent.
Bad o-rings Release piston will not hold pressure, brake will not Replace o-rings.
release.
Discs frozen These brakes are designed for only limited dynamic Replace disc stack.
braking. A severe emergency stop or prolonged
reduced release pressure operation may result in
this type of damage.
3-10 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3.5 SPEED SENSOR ADJUSTMENT Adjustment Procedure

1. Back off the locking nut and o-ring.
2. Thread the sensor in until it bottoms out (don’t use
excessive force).
3. Back-off 1-2 turns and align the notch with the axis
of the brake. Refer to Figure 3-3., Speed Sensor Ori-
entation.
4. Use a 1/2" wrench to hold the sensor and a 11/16"
wrench to snug the lock nut to the brake.
For proper drive operation, the speed sensors must be

properly installed and adjusted. The sensor operates on a
leading pulse to show direction. If installed wrong, the
sensor will not be able to sense the proper direction.
IF BOTH SPEED SENSORS ARE INSTALLED WRONG, THE CON-

TROLLER WILL THINK THE MACHINE IS ON A HILL AND WILL GO
INTO FULL SPEED MODE IMMEDIATELY WHEN DRIVE IS
SELECTED. THE MACHINE WILL NOT STOP UNLESS THE FOOT-
SWITCH IS RELEASED OR THE EMS IS PUSHED IN.
IF ONLY ONE SENSOR IS INSTALLED WRONG, THE CONTROL-

LER SENSES A PROBLEM AND THE MACHINE WILL ONLY DRIVE
AT CREEP SPEED. IF BOTH SENSORS ARE ADJUSTED TOO FAR
OUT, THE CONTROL SYSTEM CONTROLLER WILL NOT DRIVE
THE MACHINE.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-11

Figure 3-3. Speed Sensor Orientation
3-12 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3121829
– JLG Lift –
Figure 3-4. Frame Mounted Electrical Components - Sheet 1 of 2
3-13
3-14
– JLG Lift –
Figure 3-5. Frame Mounted Electrical Components - Sheet 2 of 2
3121829
3121829
Should read 0-7 Volts. Anything over 7 volts should flash Error
Code 7-7, Open Pump Circuit. If the voltage is high, check for
corrosion, a dirty pump motor, or bad brushes.
These voltage checks should be performed

with the machine powered up and the main
contactor open.
The drive system should show 48 volts with

the main contactor closed and 35 volts with
the main contactor open.
– JLG Lift –
Figure 3-6. Voltage Checks
3-15
Speed Sensor Installation Verification 3. Power up the machine in platform mode and plug in
the Analyzer in the platform.
The motor controller averages the readings from the right
4. Use the right and left cursor keys on the analyzer to
and left speed sensors and therefore, it can be difficult to
highlight "DIAGNOSTICS" and press enter.
detect if the speed sensors are adjusted properly. When
the positrac keeps coming in and out while on level sur- 5. Use the right and left cursor keys on the analyzer to
faces, this is a sure indication that one of the speed sen- highlight "DRIVE" and press enter.
sors is not adjusted properly. 6. Use the right and left cursor keys to display ’SPEED
The worse case condition of speed sensor misadjustment 0%" on the analyzer.
occurs when both sensors are installed in a manner that 7. While watching the analyzer display, select drive for-
allows them to indicate the exact opposite direction that ward. Be ready to remove your foot from the foot-
the machine is traveling. This situation causes the control- switch if the machine lunges forward.
ler to believe that the machine is rolling in opposite direc-
8. The analyzer display should read the following if the
tion than that selected by the operator. The controllers
RIGHT speed sensor is adjusted properly: "SPEED
reaction to this situation is to put more power into the
20% FWD".
drive motors to attempt to overcome the fact that it
believes the machine is rolling backwards. This presents 9. If the speed sensor is adjusted improperly, the ana-
itself as uncontrolled movement in the direction selected lyzer will display "SPEED 20%REV" and the machine
by the operator until the controller recognizes that it is will lunge forward.
placing maximum power in the motors and the controller 10. Adjust the right speed sensor using the preceding
and the speed sensors are still reporting movement in the Adjustment Procedure until the analyzer displays
opposite direction. The controller responds by shutting "SPEED 20% FWD" when forward is selected at the
down drive and reporting flash code 5/5- Vehicle Runaway platform. The percentage displayed is not critical,
Check Speed Encoders. just the direction.
If either speed sensor is disconnected or faulty, the con- 11. After obtaining the display in step 10, operate the
troller will recognize this condition and immediately report machine in both forward and reverse directions. The
flash code 5/5 - Left or Right speed Encoder Faulty. machine should be controllable in both directions
and will only drive at a maximum of creep speed.
Verification w/ Analyzer Procedure The display on the analyzer should match the direc-
tion selected.
Below is a procedure using the Analyzer that will verify
that the speed sensors are installed correctly. 12. After completing adjustment of the right sensor, plug
the left sensor into the posi-tilt module.
THIS PROCEDURE REQUIRES A LARGE SPACE CLEAR OF 13. Unplug the right sensor from the power module.
OBSTRUCTIONS. THE OPERATOR SHOULD BE FAMILIAR WITH
14. Power up the machine in platform mode and plug in
JLG EQUIPMENT AND BE PREPARED TO USE THE FOOTSWITCH
the analyzer in the platform.
TO STOP THE MACHINE. READ AND UNDERSTAND THIS ENTIRE
PROCEDURE PRIOR TO BEGINNING. 15. Use the right left cursor keys on the analyzer to high-
light diagnostics and press enter.
1. Before beginning this procedure, insure that there is 16. Use the right and left cursor keys on the analyzer to
at least 10 ft (3m)in front and back of machine. Be highlight drive and press enter.
sure that all other personnel stand clear of the
machine during this procedure. 17. Use the right and left cursor keys to display "speed
0%" ON THE ANALYZER.
2. Unplug the left speed sensor from the posi-trac tilt
module.
3-16 – JLG Lift – 3121829

18. while watching the analyzer display, select drive for- 22. After obtaining the display in step 10, operate the
ward. Be ready to remove your foot from the foot- machine in both the forward and reverse directions.
switch if the machine lunges forward. The machine should be controllable in both direc-
19. The analyzer display should read the following if the tions and will only drive at a maximum of creep
left speed sensor is adjusted properly: "SPEED 20% speed. The display on the analyzer should match
FWD". the direction selected.
20. If the left speed sensor is adjusted improperly, the 23. Plug in the right sensor to the power module.
analyzer will display "SPEED 20% REV", and the 24. Test the machine. The machine should now have
machine will lunge forward. maximum drive speed available in both directions
21. Adjust the left speed sensor using the preceding and should be controllable in both directions. The
Adjustment Procedure until the analyzer displays analyzer display should match the direction
"SPEED 20% FWD" when forward is selected in the selected.
platform. The percentage displayed is not critical,
just the direction.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-17

Figure 3-7. Steering Components and Spindles
3-18 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Figure 3-8. Drive Components
3.6 POSITRAC/TILT MODULE 5. Use the right arrow key to curse over to "LEVEL
VEHICLE". Depress Enter. Depress Enter again.
When installing a new positrac/tilt module, always ensure
6. Verify that the tilt reading is now "0.0; 0.0".
that it is calibrated using the JLG Control System analyzer
before operating the machine. Refer to Section 6, JLG
Control System Analyzer Kit Instructions. Use a standard
bubble level in two different directions to ensure that the TO ASSURE PROPER OPERATION, THE MACHINE MUST BE
machine’s frame is level prior to installing the new posi- LEVEL WHEN INSTALLING AND CALIBRATING A NEW POSI-
trac/tilt module. TRAC/TILT MODULE.
1. Place the machine on a flat, level surface. Check for
level by placing a bubble level on the frame in both
directions.
2. Plug in the analyzer (Analyzer - p/n 1600244, Cable -
p/n 1600633) into port J9 on the power module or
port J1 on the platform module.
3. Use the right arrow key to curse over to "ACCESS
LEVEL 2". Depress Enter.
4. Use Up/Down arrow keys to enter the following
password "33271". Depress Enter.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-19

Figure 3-9. Tilt Sensor Location
3-20 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3.7 SWING MOTOR - S/N 0300135649 TO

PRESENT
Figure 3-10. Swing Motor - Cutaway
IF THE HYDRAULIC SYSTEM FLUID BECOMES OVERHEATED [IN

EXCESS OF 200°F (93.3°C)], SEALS IN THE SYSTEM CAN
SHRINK, HARDEN OR CRACK, THUS LOSING THEIR SEALING
ABILITY.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-21

Table 3-3. Swing Motor Troubleshooting
Trouble Cause Remedy

Oil Leakage 1. Hose fittings loose, worn or damaged. Check & replace damaged fittings or "O" Rings. Torque to
manufacturers specifications.
2. Oil seal rings (4) deteriorated by excess heat. Replace oil seal rings by disassembling unit.
3. Special bolt (1, 1 A, 1B or 1C) loose or its sealing (a) Loosen then tighten single bolt to torque specification.
area deteriorated by corrosion. (b) Replace bolt.
4. Internal shaft seal (16) worn or damaged. Replace seal. Disassembly of motor unit necessary.
5. Worn coupling shaft (12) and internal seal (16). Replace coupling shaft and seal by disassembling unit.
Significant loss of speed under load 1. Lack of sufficient oil supply (a) Check for faulty relief valve and adjust or replace as
required.
(b) Check for and repair worn pump.
(c) Check for and use correct oil for temperature of opera-
tion.
2. High internal motor leakage Replace worn rotor set by disassembling unit.
3. Severely worn or damaged internal splines. Replace rotor set, drive link and coupling shaft by disas-
sembling unit.
4. Excessive heat. Locate excessive heat source (usually a restriction) in the

system and correct the condition.
Low mechanical efficiency or undue 1. Line blockage Locate blockage source and repair or replace.
high pressure required to operate unit
2. Internal interference Disassemble unit, identify and remedy cause and repair,
replacing parts as necessary.
3. Lack of pumping pressure Check for and repair worn pump.
4. Excessive binding or loading in system external to Locate source and eliminate cause.
motor unit.
3-22 – JLG Lift – 3121829

20
18
8
25
8C 17
16
8E 14
15 19
14
8B
13
4 12
8A
4
8D
10
9
4
8
4
7
5
4
6
3
4
2
1. Bolt 6. Commutator Ring 8C. Stator Vane 12. Coupling Shaft 17. Backup Ring 22. Not Used
2. End Cover 7. Manifold 8D. Stator Half 13. Inner Bushing 18. Housing 23. Not Used
3. Seal Ring 8. Rotor Set 9. Wear Plate 14. Thrust Washer 19. Outer Bushing 24. Not Used
4. Seal Ring 8A. Rotor 10. Drive Link 15. Thrust Bearing 20. Dirt & Water Seal 25. Backup Washer
5. Commutator 8B. Stator Half 11. Thrust Bearing 16. Seal 21. Not Used
Figure 3-11. Swing Motor - Exploded View
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-23

Preparation Before Disassembly Disassembly and Inspection

• Before you disassemble the motor unit or any of its 1. Place the motor in a soft jawed vice, with coupling
components read this entire section. It provides impor- shaft (12) pointed down and the vise jaws clamping
tant information on parts and procedures you will need firmly on the sides of the housing (18) mounting
to know to service the motor. flange or port bosses. Remove manifold port O-
• Thoroughly clean off all outside dirt, especially from Rings if applicable.
around fittings and hose connections, before discon-
necting and removing the motor. Remove rust or corro-
sion from coupling shaft.
• Remove coupling shaft connections and hose fittings
and immediately plug port holes and fluid lines.
• Remove the motor from system, drain it of fluid and
take it to a clean work surface.
• Clean and dry the motor before you start to disassem-
ble the unit.
• As you disassemble the motor clean all parts, except
seals, in clean petroleum-based solvent, and blow
them dry.
PETROLEUM-BASE SOLVENTS ARE FLAMMABLE. BE EXTREMELY

CAREFUL WHEN USING ANY SOLVENT. EVEN A SMALL EXPLO-
SION OR FIRE COULD CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. IF THE MOTOR IS NOT FIRMLY HELD IN THE VISE, IT COULD BE
DISLODGED DURING THE SERVICE PROCEDURES, CAUSING
INJURY.
WEAR EYE PROTECTION AND BE SURE TO COMPLY WITH OSHA 2. Scribe an alignment mark down and across the
OR OTHER MAXIMUM AIR PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS. motor components from end cover (2) to housing
(18) to facilitate reassembly orientation where
required.
NEVER STEAM OR HIGH PRESSURE WASH HYDRAULIC COMPO-
NENTS. DO NOT FORCE OR ABUSE CLOSELY FITTED PARTS.
• Keep parts separate to avoid nicks and burrs.

• Discard all seals and seal rings as they are removed
from the motor. Replace all seals, seal rings and any
damaged or worn parts with OEM approved service
parts.
3-24 – JLG Lift – 3121829

5. Thoroughly wash end cover (2) in proper solvent

and blow dry. Be sure the end cover valve apertures
are free of contamination. Inspect end cover for
cracks and the bolt head recesses for good bolt
head sealing surfaces. Replace end cover as neces-
sary.
3. Remove the special ring head bolts (1) using an

appropriate 1/2 or 9/16 inch size socket. Inspect
bolts for damaged threads, or sealing rings, under
the bolt head. Replace damaged bolts.
NOTE: A polished pattern (not scratches) on the cover from
rotation of the commutator (5) is normal. Discolor-
ation would indicate excess fluid temperature, ther-
mal shock, or excess speed and require system
investigation for cause and close inspection of end
cover, commutator, manifold, and rotor set.
6. Remove commutator ring (6). Inspect commutator

ring for cracks, or burrs.
4. Remove end cover assembly (2) and seal ring (4).

Discard seal ring.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-25

7. Remove commutator (5) and seal ring (3) Remove 8. Remove manifold (7) and inspect for cracks surface
seal ring from commutator, using an air hose to blow scoring, brinelling or spalling. Replace manifold if
air into ring groove until seal ring is lifted out and dis- any of these conditions exist. A polished pattern on
card seal ring. Inspect commutator for cracks or the ground surface from commutator or rotor rota-
burrs, wear, scoring, spalling or brinelling. If any of tion is normal. Remove and discard the seal rings (4)
these conditions exist, replace commutator and that are on both sides of the manifold.
commutator ring as a matched set.
NOTE: The manifold is constructed of plates bonded

together to form an integral component not subject to
further disassembly for service. Compare configura-
tion of both sides of the manifold to ensure that same
surface is reassembled against the rotor set.
3-26 – JLG Lift – 3121829

9. Remove commutator (5) and seal ring (3) Remove 10. Remove manifold (7) and inspect for cracks surface
seal ring from commutator, using an air hose to blow scoring, brinelling or spalling. Replace manifold if
air into ring groove until seal ring is lifted out and dis- any of these conditions exist. A polished pattern on
card seal ring. Inspect commutator for cracks or the ground surface from commutator or rotor rota-
burrs, wear, scoring, spalling or brinelling. If any of tion is normal. Remove and discard the seal rings (4)
these conditions exist, replace commutator and that are on both sides of the manifold.
commutator ring as a matched set.
NOTE: The manifold is constructed of plates bonded

together to form an integral component not subject to
further disassembly for service. Compare configura-
tion of both sides of the manifold to ensure that same
surface is reassembled against the rotor set.
11. Remove drive link (10) from coupling shaft (12) if it

was not removed with rotor set and wear plate.
Inspect drive link for cracks and worn or damaged
splines. No perceptible lash (play) should be noted
between mating spline parts. Remove and discard
seal ring (4) from housing (18).
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-27

12. Check exposed portion of coupling shaft (12) to be keyway. Replace coupling shaft if any of these con-
sure you have removed all signs of rust and corro- ditions exist.
sion which might prevent its withdrawal through the
seal and bearing. Crocus cloth or fine emery paper
may be used.
13. Remove coupling shaft (12), by pushing on the out-

put end of shaft. Inspect coupling shaft bearing and
seal surfaces for spalling, nicks, grooves, severe
wear or corrosion and discoloration. Inspect for
damaged or worn internal and external splines or
NOTE: Minor shaft wear in seal area is permissible. If wear

exceeds 0.020 inches (0.51 mm) diametrically,
replace coupling shaft.
NOTE: A slight "polish" is permissible in the shaft bearing

areas. Anything more would require coupling shaft
replacement.
14. Remove and discard seal ring (4) from housing (18).
3-28 – JLG Lift – 3121829

15. Remove thrust bearing (15) and thrust washer (14). 18. Inspect housing (18) assembly for cracks, the
Inspect for wear, brinelling, corrosion and a full com- machined surfaces for nicks, burrs, brinelling or cor-
plement of retained rollers. rosion. Remove burrs that can be removed without
changing dimensional characteristics. Inspect
tapped holes for thread damage. If the housing is
defective in these areas, discard the housing assem-
bly.
16. Remove seal (16) and back up ring (17) from hous-
ing (18) and backup washer (25). Discard both.
19. If the housing (18) assembly has passed inspection

to this point, inspect the housing bearings/bushings
(19) and (13) and if they are captured in the housing
cavity the two thrust washers (14) and thrust bearing
(15). The bearing rollers must be firmly retained in
the bearing cages, but must rotate and orbit freely.
All rollers and thrust washers must be free of brinel-
ling and corrosion. The bushing (19) or (13) to cou-
pling shaft diameter clearance must not exceed
0.010 inch (0.025 mm). A bearing, bushing, or thrust
washer that does not pass inspection must be
17. Remove housing (18) from vise, invert it and remove

and discard seal (20). A blind hole bearing or seal
puller is required.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-29

replaced. If the housing has passed this inspection 20. If the bearings, bushing or thrust washers must be
the disassembly of the motor is completed. replaced use a suitable size bearing puller to
remove bearing/bushings (19) and (13) from hous-
ing (18) without damaging the housing. Remove
thrust washers (14) and thrust bearing (15) if they
were previously retained in the housing by bearing
(13).
NOTE: The depth or location of bearing/bushing (13) in rela-

tion to the housing wear plate surface and the depth
or location of bearing/bushing (19) in relation to the
beginning of bearing/bushing counter bore should be
measured and noted before removing the bearings/
bushings. This will facilitate the correct reassembly
of new bearings/bushings.
Assembly
Replace all seals and seal rings with new ones each time
you reassemble the motor unit. Lubricate all seals and
seal rings with SAE 10W40 oil or clean grease before
assembly.
NOTE: Unless otherwise indicated, do not oil or grease

parts before assembly.
Wash all parts in clean petroleum-based solvents before

assembly. Blow them dry with compressed air. Remove
any paint chips from mating surfaces of the end cover,
commutator set, manifold rotor set, wear plate and hous-
ing and from port and sealing areas.
3-30 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SINCE THEY ARE FLAMMABLE, BE EXTREMELY CAREFUL WHEN IF A BEARING MANDREL IS NOT AVAILABLE AND ALTERNATE
USING ANY SOLVENT. EVEN A SMALL EXPLOSION OR FIRE METHODS ARE USED TO PRESS IN BEARING/BUSHING (13) AND
COULD CAUSE INJURY OR DEATH. (19) THE BEARING/BUSHING DEPTHS SPECIFIED MUST BE
ACHIEVED TO INSURE ADEQUATE BEARING SUPPORT AND COR-
RECT RELATIONSHIP TO ADJACENT COMPONENTS WHEN
WEAR EYE PROTECTION AND BE SURE TO COMPLY WITH OSHA ASSEMBLED.
OR OTHER MAXIMUM AIR PRESSURE REQUIREMENTS.
1. If the housing (18) bearing components were
removed for replacement, thoroughly coat and pack
a new outer bearing/bushing (19) with clean corro-
sion resistant grease recommended in the material
section. Press the new bearing/bushing into the
counterbore at the mounting flange end of the hous-
ing, using the appropriate sized bearing mandrel as
described which will control the bearing/ bushing
depth.
The housing requires the use of bearing mandrel to

press bearing/ bushing (19) into the housing to a
required depth of 0.151/0.161 inches (3.84/4.09
mm) from the end of the bearing counterbore.
BECAUSE THE BEARING/BUSHINGS (13) AND (19) HAVE A

PRESS FIT INTO THE HOUSING THEY MUST BE DISCARDED
WHEN REMOVED. THEY MUST NOT BE REUSED.
2. The inner housing bearing/bushing (13) can now be

pressed into its counter-bore in housing (18) flush to
0.03 inch (0.76 mm) below the housing wear plate
contact face. Use the opposite end of the bearing
mandrel that was used to press in the outer bearing/
bushing (19).
NOTE: Bearing mandrel must be pressed against the let-

tered end of bearing shell. Take care that the hous-
ing bore is square with the press base and the
bearing/ bushing is not cocked when pressing a
bearing/bushing into the housing.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-31

3. Press a new dirt and water seal (20) into the housing 6. Assemble thrust washer (14) then thrust bearing (15)
(18) outer bearing counterbore. The dirt and water that was removed from the motor.
seal (20) must be pressed in until its’ flange is flush
against the housing.
NOTE: The motor requires one thrust washer (14) with

thrust bearing (15). The coupling shaft will be seated
4. Place housing (18) assembly into a soft jawed vise directly against the thrust bearing.
with the coupling shaft bore down, clamping against
the mounting flange. 7. Apply masking tape around splines or keyway on
shaft (12) to prevent damage to seal.
5. Assemble a new backup ring (17), new backup

washer (25) and new seal (16) with the seal lip fac-
ing toward the inside of the motor, into their respec-
tive counterbores in housing (18).
3-32 – JLG Lift – 3121829

8. Be sure that a generous amount of clean corrosion 9. Apply a small amount of clean grease to a new seal
resistant grease has been applied to the lower ring (4) and insert it into the housing (18) seal ring
(outer) housing bearing/bushing (19). Install the groove.
coupling shaft (12) into housing (18), seating it
against the thrust bearing (15).
NOTE: One or two alignment studs screwed finger tight into

housing (18) bolt holes, approximately 180 degrees
apart, will facilitate the assembly and alignment of
components as required in the following procedures.
THE OUTER BEARING (19) IS NOT LUBRICATED BY THE SYS- The studs can be made by cutting off the heads of
TEM’S HYDRAULIC FLUID. BE SURE IT IS THOROUGHLY PACKED either 3/8-24 UNF 2A or 5/16-24 UNF 2A bolts as
WITH THE RECOMMENDED GREASE. required that are over 0.5 inch (12.7 mm) longer than
the bolts (1) used in the motor.
NOTE: The coupling shaft (12) will be flush or just below the
housing wear surface when properly seated while 10. Install drive link (10) the long splined end down into
the coupling shaft (12). The coupling shaft must the coupling shaft (12) and engage the drive link
rotate smoothly on the thrust bearing package. splines into mesh with the coupling shaft splines.
NOTE: Use any alignment marks put on the coupling shaft

and drive link before disassembly to assemble the
drive link splines in their original position in the mat-
ing coupling shaft splines.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-33

11. Assemble wear plate (9) over the drive link (10) and NOTE: It may be necessary to turn one alignment stud out
alignment studs onto the housing (18). of the housing (18) temporarily to assemble rotor set
(8) or manifold (7) over the drive link.
NOTE: If necessary, go to the appropriate, "Rotor Set Com-

ponent Assembly Procedure."
NOTE: The rotor set rotor counterbore side must be down

against wear plate for drive link clearance and to
maintain the original rotor-drive link spline contact. A
rotor set without a counterbore and that was not
etched before disassembly can be reinstalled using
the drive link spline pattern on the rotor splines if
apparent, to determine which side was down. The
rotor set seal ring groove faces toward the wear plate
(9).
14. Apply clean grease to a new seal ring (4) and

12. Apply a small amount of clean grease to a new seal assemble it in the seal ring groove in the rotor set
ring (4) and assemble it into the seal ring groove on contact side of manifold (7).
the wear plate side of the rotor set stator.
NOTE: The manifold (7) is made up of several plates

13. Install the assembled rotor set (8) onto wear plate bonded together permanently to form an integral
(9) with rotor counterbore and seal ring side down component. The manifold surface that must contact
and the splines into mesh with the drive link splines. the rotor set has it’s series of irregular shaped cavi-
ties on the largest circumference or circle around the
inside diameter. The polished impression left on the
manifold by the rotor set is another indication of
which surface must contact the rotor set.
3-34 – JLG Lift – 3121829

15. Assemble the manifold (7) over the alignment studs 18. Assemble a new seal ring (3) flat side up, into com-
and drive link (10) and onto the rotor set. Be sure the mutator (5) and assemble commutator over the end
correct manifold surface is against the rotor set. of drive link (10) onto manifold (7) with seal ring side
up.
16. Apply grease to a new seal ring (4) and insert it in

the seal ring groove exposed on the manifold.
19. Assemble a new seal ring (4) into end cover (2) and
17. Assemble the commutator ring (6) over alignment assemble end cover over the alignment studs and
studs onto the manifold. onto the commutator set. If the end cover has only 5
bolt holes be sure the cover holes are aligned with
the 5 threaded holes in housing (18). The correct 5
bolt end cover bolt hole relationship to housing port
bosses is shown below.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-35

20. Assemble the bolts (1) and screw in finger tight.

Remove and replace the two alignment studs with
bolts after the other bolts are in place. Alternately
and progressively tighten the bolts to pull the end
cover and other components into place with a final
torque of 25-30 ft. lbs. (34-41 N m).
NOTE: If the end cover has a valve (24) or has five bolt
holes, use the line you previously scribed on the
cover to radially align the end cover into its original
position.
3-36 – JLG Lift – 3121829

One Piece Stator Construction 4. Assemble six vanes, or as many vanes that will read-
ily assemble into the stator vane pockets.
A disassembled rotor stator and vanes that cannot be
readily assembled by hand can be assembled by the fol-
lowing procedures.
1. Place stator onto wear plate (9) with seal ring (4)
side down, after following assembly procedures 1
through 13. Be sure the seal ring is in place.
EXCESSIVE FORCE USED TO PUSH THE ROTOR VANES INTO

PLACE COULD SHEAR OFF THE COATING APPLIED TO THE STA-
TOR VANE POCKETS.
2. If assembly alignment studs are not being utilized, 5. Grasp the output end of coupling shaft (12) with
align stator bolt holes with wear plate and housing locking pliers or other appropriate turning device
bolt holes and turn two bolts (1) finger tight into bolt and rotate coupling shaft, drive link and rotor to seat
holes approximately 180 degrees apart to retain sta- the rotor and the assembled vanes into stator, creat-
tor and wear plate stationary. ing the necessary clearance to assemble the sev-
enth or full complement of seven vanes. Assemble
3. Assemble the rotor, counterbore down if applicable, the seven vanes using minimum force.
into stator, and onto wear plate (9) with rotor splines
into mesh with drive link (10) splines.
6. Remove the two assembled bolts (1) if used to retain

stator and wear plate.
Go to assembly procedure #15, to continue assem-

bly.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-37

Two Piece Stator Construction 8. Assemble six vanes, or as many vanes that will read-
ily assemble into the stator vane pockets.
A disassembled rotor set (8) that cannot be readily assem-
bled by hand and has a two piece stator can be assem- 9. Grasp the output end of coupling shaft (12)
bled by the following procedures. with locking pliers or other appropriate turning
device and rotate coupling shaft, drive link and rotor
1. Place stator half onto wear plate (9) with to seat the rotor and the assembled vanes into sta-
seal ring (4) side down, after following motor assem- tor, creating the necessary clearance to assemble
bly procedures 1 through 13. Be sure the seal ring is the seventh or full complement of seven vanes.
in place. Assemble the seven vanes using minimum force.
2. Align stator bolt holes with wear plate and
Go to assembly procedure #15, to continue assem-
housing bolts and turn two alignment studs
bly.
finger tight into bolt holes approximately 180
degrees apart to retain stator half and wear plate
stationary.
Final Checks
3. Assemble rotor, counterbore down if applicable, into 1. Pressurize the motor with 100 p.s.i. dry air or nitro-
stator half, and onto wear plate (9) with rotor splines gen and submerge in solvent to check for external
into mesh with drive link (10) splines. leaks.
NOTE: Use any marking you applied to rotor set compo- 2. Check motor for rotation. Torque required to rotate
nents to reassemble the components in their original coupling shaft should not be more than 50 ft. lbs.
relationship to ensure ultimate wear life and perfor- (68 N m)
mance. 3. Pressure port with "A" cast under it on housing (18)
is for clockwise coupling shaft rotation as viewed
4. Assemble six vanes, or as many vanes that will read- from the output end of coupling shaft. Pressure port
ily assemble into the stator vane pockets. with "B" cast under it is for counter clockwise cou-
pling shaft rotation.
4. Use test stand if available, to check operation of the
EXCESSIVE FORCE USED TO PUSH THE ROTOR VANES INTO motor.
PLACE COULD SHEAR OFF THE COATING APPLIED TO THE STA-
TOR VANE POCKETS.
5. Grasp the output end of coupling shaft (12)

with locking pliers or other appropriate turning
device and rotate coupling shaft, drive link and rotor
to seat the rotor and the assembled vanes (8C) into
stator half, creating the necessary clearance to
assemble the seventh or full complement of seven
vanes. Assemble the seven vanes using minimum
force.
6. Place second stator half on a fl at surface with seal
ring groove up. Apply a small amount of grease to a
new seal ring (4) and assemble it into stator half ring
groove.
7. Assemble the second stator half over the two align-
ment studs and rotor with seal ring side down onto
the first stator half aligning any timing marks applied
for this purpose.
IF THE STATOR HALF (8B) IS A DIFFERENT HEIGHT (THICKNESS)

THAN STATOR HALF (8D) THE STATOR VANES (8C) OR (8E)OF
THE SAME LENGTH (HEIGHT) AS THE STATOR HALF MUST BE
REASSEMBLED IN THEIR RESPECTIVE STATOR HALF FOR THE
ROTOR SET TO FUNCTION PROPERLY.
3-38 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3.8 SWING BEARING 2. Check the turntable to bearing. Attach bolts as fol-
lows:
Turntable Bearing Mounting Bolt Condition a. Elevate the fully retracted boom to 70 degrees
(full elevation).
Check
b. At the positions indicated on Figure 3-12. try and
NOTE: This check is designed to replace the existing bear- insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between the bolt
ing bolt torque checks on JLG Lifts in service. This head and hardened washer at the arrow indi-
check must be performed after the first 50 hours of cated position.
machine operation and every 600 hours of machine c. Lower the boom to horizontal and fully extend
operation thereafter. If during this check any bolts the boom.
are found to be missing or loose, replace missing or
d. At the position indicated on Figure 3-12. try and
loose bolts with new bolts and torque to the value
insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between the bolt
specified in the torque chart, after lubricating the bolt
head and hardened washer at the arrow indi-
threads with loctite #271. After replacing and
cated position.
retorquing bolt or bolts recheck all existing bolts for
looseness.
1. Check the frame to bearing. Attach bolts as follows:

a. Elevate the fully retracted boom to 70 degrees
(full elevation).
b. At the positions indicated on Figure 3-13. try and
insert the 0.0015" feeler gauge between the bolt
head and hardened washer at the arrow indi-
cated position.
c. Assure that the 0.0015" feeler gauge will not
penetrate under the bolt head to the bolt shank.
d. Swing the turntable 90 degrees, and check
some selected bolts at the new position.
e. Continue rotating the turntable at 90 degrees
intervals until a sampling of bolts have been
checked in all quadrants.
Figure 3-12. Swing Bearing Feeler Gauge Check
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-39

Wear Tolerance Figure 3-13.), using a magnetic base dial indicator,

measure and record the distance between the swing
1. With the boom positioned over the side of the bearing and turntable. (See Figure 3-14.)
machine, the Upper Boom horizontal with telescope
fully extended and Mid/Lower Boom stowed, (See
Figure 3-13. Swing Bearing Tolerance Boom Placement
2. At the same point, with the boom positioned over

the side of the machine, the Upper Boom fully ele-
vated and the Mid/Lower Boom fully elevated, (See
Figure 3-13.) using a magnetic base dial indicator,
measure and record the distance between the swing
bearing and turntable (See Figure 3-14.).
Figure 3-14. Swing Bearing Tolerance Measuring Point
3-40 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3. If a difference greater than 0.057 in. (1.40 mm) is 2. Installation.

determined, the swing bearing should be replaced. a. Install bearing to rotation box with two cap-
4. If a difference less than 0.057 in. (1.40 mm) is deter- screws, so that fill plug of bearing is as close to
mined, and any of the following conditions exist, the gear as bolt pattern will allow. Do not tighten
bearing should be removed. capscrews.
5. Metal particles in the grease. b. Line up high spot (blue) of bearing with center
tooth of worm gear. Set backlash to 0.008 -
6. Increased drive power.
0.010 inch (0.20 - 0.25 mm). Tighten capscrews
7. Noise. as shown in Figure 3-15., Swing Bearing Torqu-
8. Rough rotation. ing Sequence.
9. If bearing inspection shows no defects, reassemble c. Apply Tribol Molub-Alloy 936 Open Gear Com-
bearing and return to service. pound to bearing and worm gear teeth.
d. Grease bearing with Mobilith SHC Bearing
Replacement of Swing Bearing Grease. Grease fitting is on inside wall of inner
race of bearing.
1. Removal.
a. Attach an adequate support sling to the boom NOTE: If Tribol Molub-Alloy 936 Open Gear Compound or
and draw all slack from sling. Prop or block the Mobilith SHC Bearing Grease are not available,
boom if feasible. Multi-Purpose Grease (MPG) can be substituted,
however the service interval will be shorter.
b. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines running
through center of turntable and frame. Use a
e. Using suitable lifting equipment, install bearing/
suitable container to retain any residual hydrau-
rotation box assembly to frame with soft spot
lic fluid. Cap lines and ports.
(red) 90 degree relative to load axis. If reusing
c. Attach suitable overhead lifting equipment to the old bearing, ensure that scribed line of outer
base of turntable weldment. race of the bearing aligns with the scribed mark
d. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the inner on the frame.
race of the swing bearing and on the underside
of the turntable. This will aid in aligning the bear-
ing upon installation. Remove bolts, nuts and
JLG INDUSTRIES RECOMMENDS THAT ALL REMOVED GRADE 8
washers which attach the turntable to the bear-
BEARING NUTS AND BOLTS BE DISCARDED AND REPLACED
ing inner race. Discard nuts and bolts.
WITH NEW NUTS AND BOLTS. SINCE THE SWING BEARING IS
e. Use the lifting equipment to carefully lift the com- THE ONLY STRUCTURAL LINK BETWEEN THE FRAME AND
plete turntable assembly from the bearing. TURNTABLE, IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT SUCH REPLACEMENT
Ensure that no damage occurs to the turntable, HARDWARE MEETS JLG SPECIFICATIONS. USE OF GENUINE
bearing or frame mounted components. JLG HARDWARE IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED.
f. Carefully place the turntable on a suitably sup-
ported trestle. f. Apply a light coating of Loctite 271 to the new
g. Use a suitable tool to scribe a line on the outer bearing bolts and loosely install the bolts and
race of the swing bearing and the frame. This washers through the frame and outer race of
line will aid in aligning the bearing upon installa- bearing.
tion. Remove the bolts and washers which
attach the outer race of the bearing to the frame.
Discard the bolts. Use suitable lifting equipment
to remove the bearing and rotation box assem-
bly from the frame; move to a clean, suitably
supported work area.
h. Remove the two capscrews securing the bear-
ing to the rotation box to separate the two for
inspection.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-41

ft. lbs. (175 Nm). Then following the same

sequence, tighten the bolts to 190 ft. lbs (260
IF COMPRESSED AIR OR ELECTRICALLY OPERATED IMPACT Nm).
WRENCH IS USED FOR TIGHTENING THE BEARING ATTACH- m. Remove the lifting equipment.
MENT BOLTS, THE TORQUE SETTING ACCURACY OF THE TOOL
n. Route hydraulic lines through center of turntable
SHOULD BE CHECKED PRIOR TO USE.
and frame and connect as tagged prior to
removal.
g. Following the torque sequence diagram shown
in Figure 3-15., tighten the bolts to an initial o. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate
torque of 130 ft. lbs. (175 Nm). Then following the hydraulic system and functionally check
the same sequence, tighten to a final torque of swing system for proper and safe operation.
190 ft. lbs. (260 Nm).
h. Remove lifting equipment from bearing.
i. Use suitable lifting equipment to carefully posi-
tion the turntable assembly above the machine
frame.
j. Carefully lower the turntable onto the swing
bearing. Ensure that the scribed line of the inner
race of the bearing aligns with the scribed mark
on the turntable. If a new swing bearing is used,
ensure that the filler plug fitting is at 90 degrees
from the fore and aft centerline of the turntable.
k. Apply a light coating of Loctite 271 to the new
bearing bolts and install through the turntable
and inner race of bearing.
l. Following the torque sequence shown in Figure
3-15., tighten the bolts to an initial torque of 130
Figure 3-15. Swing Bearing Torquing Sequence
3-42 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Swing Bearing Torque Value Adjusting End Play

Install with Loctite - 190 ft. lbs. (260 Nm). 1. Remove end plate.
2. Measure and record total thickness of existing shim
Checking Worm Gear End Play pack.
NOTE: JLG Industries requires that a annual inspection be 3. Determine thickness of shim pack required to obtain
performed on the worm gear end play. 0.001" - 0.005" end play.
4. Adjust shim pack thickness as required to obtain
1. Using a dial indicator, measure end play of worm proper end play. Reduce end play by removing
gear, by applying side to side movement by hand to thicker shims and replacing with thinner shims,
platform. included in kit.
2. If tolerance exceeds 0.010", reduce end play to less 5. Replace end plate and torque bolts to 90 ft. lbs. (122
than 0.005". Refer to Adjusting End Play. Nm).
6. Recheck end play.
Fig 2 Adjusting End Play.
Allowable Tolerance
(.001 to .005)
SHIMS
END PLATE
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-43

Figure 3-16. Swing Components
3-44 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3.9 BATTERY MAINTENANCE AND Optional On Board Generator

CHARGING
Battery Maintenance, Quarterly EXHAUST GAS HAZARD. RUN THE GENERATOR IN A WELL VEN-
TILATED AREA ONLY.
1. Open battery compartment cover to allow access to
battery terminals and vent caps.
WHEN THE GENERATOR ENABLE CONTROL LOCATED IN THE
WHEN ADDING WATER TO BATTERIES, ADD WATER UNTIL ELEC- PLATFORM CONTROL BOX IS IN THE ON POSITION AND THE
TROLYTE COVERS PLATES. DO NOT CHARGE BATTERIES UNLESS GROUND EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH IS ON (PULLED OUT), THE
ELECTROLYTE COVERS THE PLATES. GENERATOR WILL START AUTOMATICALLY WHEN THE BATTER-
IES REACH A LOW-CHARGE STATE, AUTOMATICALLY CHARGING
NOTE: When adding distilled water to batteries, non-metallic THE BATTERIES. THE GENERATOR WILL ALSO AUTOMATICALLY
containers and/or funnels must be used. START IF THE GENERATOR START BATTERY IS LOW.
To avoid electrolyte overflow, add distilled water to

batteries after charging.
When adding water to the battery, fill only to level

indicated or 3/8" above separators.
2. Remove all vent caps and inspect electrolyte level of

each cell. Electrolyte level should be to the ring
approximately one inch from top of battery. Fill bat-
teries with distilled water only. Replace and secure
all vent caps.
3. Remove battery cables from each battery post one
at a time, negative first. Clean cables with acid neu-
tralizing solution (e.g. baking soda and water or
ammonia) and wire brush. Replace cables and/or
cable clamp bolts as required.
4. Clean battery post with wire brush then re-connect
cable to post. Coat non-contact surfaces with min-
eral grease or petroleum jelly.
5. When all cables and terminal posts have been
cleaned, ensure all cables are properly positioned
and do not get pinched. Close battery compartment
cover.
6. Start hydraulic system and ensure that it functions
properly.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-45

Figure 3-17. On Board Generator
3-46 – JLG Lift – 3121829

NOTE: The engine will automatically shut down under the 2. To charge the batteries, connect the charger to a
following conditions: 115 volt source with a 15 amp minimum capacity.
3. The Charger will shut off automatically when the bat-
High Engine Oil Temperature teries are fully charged.
Low Engine Oil Pressure
Engine Overspeed 4. The charge cycle is complete when the ammeter
Generator Overvoltage reads 0 amps. Any reading indicates the charge
Batteries fully charged cycle is not complete.
5. Depleted batteries will take approximately 17 hours
to charge.
TO AVOID INJURY FROM AN EXPLOSION, DO NOT SMOKE OR

ALLOW SPARKS OR A FLAME NEAR BATTERY DURING SERVIC-
ING. ALWAYS WEAR EYE AND HAND PROTECTION WHEN SER-
VICING BATTERIES.
Battery Charging (On Board Charger)

1. For maximum battery life:
a. Avoid completely discharging the batteries.
b. Fully charge the batteries each day the machine
is used.
c. Charge the batteries at available times between
charging.
d. Be sure the battery fluid covers the battery
plates before charging, but to avoid overflow, do
not top off the fluid level until charging.
Figure 3-18. Batteries and Battery Charger
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-47

3.10 BATTERY CHARGER (S/N 0300059350 4. If a fault occurred during charging, the red "Fault"
LED will flash with a code corresponding to the error.
TO PRESENT)
Maintenance Instructions
1. For flooded lead-acid batteries, regularly check
LEAD ACID BATTERIES MAY GENERATE EXPLOSIVE HYDROGEN
water levels of each battery cell after charging and
GAS DURING NORMAL OPERATION. KEEP SPARKS, FLAMES,
add distilled water as required to level specified by
AND SMOKING MATERIALS AWAY FROM BATTERIES. PROVIDE
battery manufacturer. Follow the safety instructions
ADEQUATE VENTILATION DURING CHARGING. NEVER CHARGE A
recommended by the battery manufacturer.
FROZEN BATTERY. STUDY ALL BATTERY MANUFACTURERS'
SPECIFIC PRECAUTIONS SUCH AS RECOMMENDED RATES OF 2. Make sure charger connections to battery terminals
CHARGE AND REMOVING OR NOT REMOVING CELL CAPS WHILE are tight and clean.
CHARGING.
3. Do not expose charger to oil or to direct heavy water
spraying when cleaning vehicle.
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK. CONNECT CHARGER POWER CORD

Battery Charger Fault Codes
TO AN OUTLET THAT HAS BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED AND If a fault occurred during charging, the red "Fault" LED will
GROUNDED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ALL LOCAL CODES AND flash with a code corresponding to the error. Refer to the
ORDINANCES. A GROUNDED OUTLET IS REQUIRED TO REDUCE table following for the flash codes and their removal.
RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK - DO NOT USE GROUND ADAPTERS
Table 3-11. Battery Charger Fault Codes (Delta-Q)
OR MODIFY PLUG. DO NOT TOUCH UNINSULATED PORTION OF
OUTPUT CONNECTOR OR UNINSULATED BATTERY TERMINAL. Flash(s) Fault Fault Removal
DISCONNECT THE AC SUPPLY BEFORE MAKING OR BREAKING
THE CONNECTIONS TO THE BATTERY WHILE CHARGING. DO NOT Battery voltage Auto-recover - Indicates a high battery pack
1
OPEN OR DISASSEMBLE CHARGER. DO NOT OPERATE CHARGER high voltage
IF THE AC SUPPLY CORD IS DAMAGED OR IF THE CHARGER HAS Auto-recover - Indicates either a battery pack
RECEIVED A SHARP BLOW, BEEN DROPPED, OR OTHERWISE Battery voltage failure, battery pack not connected to charger
2
DAMAGED IN ANY WAY - REFER ALL REPAIR WORK TO QUALI- low or battery volts per cell is less than 0.5 VDC.
FIED PERSONNEL. NOT FOR USE BY CHILDREN. Check the battery pack and connections
Indicates the batteries did not charge in the
Operating Instructions Charge
allowed time. This could occur if the batteries
3 are a larger capacity than the algorithm is
time-out
intended for or if the batteries are damaged
old or in poor condition.
ALWAYS USE A GROUNDED OUTLET. WHEN USING AN EXTEN-
Indicates the batteries could not be trickle
SION CORD, AVOID EXCESSIVE VOLTAGE DROPS BY USING A
4 Check battery charged up to the minimum voltage per cell
GROUNDED 3-WIRE 12 AWG CORD.
level required for the charge to be started.
1. The charger will automatically turn on and go Over- Auto-recover - Indicates charger has shut
5
through a short self-test. All LED’s will flash in an up- temperature down due to high internal temperature
down sequence for two seconds. The yellow "Charg- Indicates that the battery will not accept
ing" LED will turn on and a trickle current will be charge current, or an internal fault has been
applied until a minimum voltage is reached. detected in the charger. This fault will nearly
always be set within the first 30 seconds of
2. Once a minimum battery voltage of 2 volts per cell is
operation. Once it has been determined that
detected, the charger will enter the constant-current 6 QuiQ fault
the batteries and connections are not faulty
charging stage and the yellow LED will remain on.
and fault 6 is again displayed after interrupt-
The length of charge time will vary by input voltage
ing AC power for at least 10 seconds, the
and ambient temperature.
charger must be brought to a qualified service
3. When the green "Charged" LED turns on, the batter- depot.
ies are completely charged. The charger may now
be unplugged from AC power. If left plugged in, the
charger will automatically restart a complete charge
cycle if battery voltage drops below a minimum volt-
age or 30 days have elapsed.
3-48 – JLG Lift – 3121829

4
3
1. AC Voltage - Input Cable 3. DC Power Cable to Batteries

2. Charger Interlock Cable 4. LED Indicator Cable
Figure 3-19. Battery Charger ((S/N 0300059350 to Present)
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-49

NO LIGHTS AT ALL [3 Flashes] - Charge Timeout

No Lights at all indicate that AC power to the charger is
Indicates the battery failed to charge within the allowed
not connected or that the AC voltage is too low. It could
time. This could occur if the battery is of larger capacity
also indicate an internal failure in the charger.
than the algorithm is intended for. In unusual cases it
1. Check the connections to AC power. Check for AC could mean charger output is reduced due to high ambi-
voltage between 90 and 260 VAC at the charger. ent temperature. It can also occur if the battery is dam-
aged, old, or in poor condition.
2. If the AC voltage is verified to be correct at the con-
nection to the charger, and the charger still displays 1. Check the battery for damage such as shorted cells
no lights at all, return the charger for service. and insufficient water. Try the charger on a good bat-
tery.
FAULT LED FLASHING
2. If the same fault occurs on a good battery, check the
The Fault LED flashes to indicate the microcontroller
connections on the battery and connection to AC,
inside the battery charger has detected a fault. The fault
and the AC voltage itself.
detected is indicated by the number of flashes. Count the
number of flashes to determine the fault. 3. Confirm that the nominal battery pack voltage is the
With any battery system, the most common problem will same as the battery charger voltage.
be a faulty battery connection. Because of the high likeli- 4. This fault must be cleared manually by unplugging
hood of a battery connection problem, it is always worth- the AC, waiting 30 seconds and reconnecting the
while to confirm that all connections are good before AC power.
checking for any other problems.
5. If a charger displays this fault on a battery pack, and
[1 Flash] - High Battery Voltage the pack is of questionable status, reset the charger
1. Indicates a high battery voltage. Check that the bat- by disconnecting AC for 30 seconds, and then
tery charger voltage is consistent with the battery reconnect the AC to start a new charge cycle. After a
pack voltage. The first two digits of the four digit few charge cycles, this problem could stop occur-
model name indicate the battery voltage the charger ring as the pack "recovers."
supports. [4 Flashes] - Check Battery
2. Check for wiring errors. This fault indicates the battery pack could not be trickle
3. This fault will automatically clear and the charger will charged up to the minimum level required for the normal
restart charging when this problem is removed. charge cycle to be started.
4. High battery voltage could also occur if there is 1. Check that none of the battery pack connections
another source charging the battery. Disconnect any between modules are reversed or incorrectly con-
other sources during charging. nected.
5. If this problem does not clear after the battery volt- 2. Check that one or more cells in the battery are no
age is confirmed to be less than 2.4V per cell, return shorted.
the charger for service. 3. Confirm that the nominal battery pack voltage is the
[2 Flashes] - Low Battery Voltage same as the battery charger voltage.
1. Indicates either a battery failure, no battery con- 4. Try the charger on a good battery.
nected, or a lower than expected battery voltage. 5. If this fault occurs, the battery is likely in poor condi-
Check the battery and battery connections. tion. Try to recover the pack with a charger that can
2. Check the nominal battery voltage. The first two dig- charge the individual cells - such as an automotive
its of the four digit model name indicate the battery charger. Be sure to set this charger to the appropri-
voltage the charger supports. Confirm that a nomi- ate voltage - 6V per 6V battery, 12V per 12V string/
nal battery voltage is the same as the charger volt- battery.
age.
3. This fault will clear automatically when the low bat-
tery voltage problem is rectified.
4. If this problem does not clear after the battery volt-
age is confirmed to be higher than 1.0V per cell and
all connections are good, return the charger for ser-
vice.
3-50 – JLG Lift – 3121829

[5 Flashes] - Over Temperature Excessive Battery Watering Requirements or

This fault indicates the charger has become too hot during Strong Sulphur (Rotten Egg) Smell
operation. Though not damanging to the charger, charge
time will be extended significantly. These symptoms indicate over-charging or high battery
temperature. These symptoms are unlikely to be caused
1. This fault indication will not clear automatically, but by too high a charge current since the maximum charge
the charger will restart charging automatically when current of the charger will be small compared to even a
the temperature drops. The fault indicaiton must be moderately sized battery pack. The most likely cause for
cleared manually by unplugging the AC, waiting 30 this problem is incorrect charge algorithm setting and/or
seconds and reconnecting the AC power. high ambient temperatures.
2. If possible, move the machine to a cooler location. 1. Confirm that the battery pack is not too small - usu-
3. Confirm that dirt or mud is not blocking the cooling ally > 50Ah.
fins of the charger. Clean the charger. Rinse the 2. Confirm that the nominal battery voltage matches
charger with a low pressure hose if required. Do no the charger output voltage.
use high pressure. Do not us a pressure washer.
3. Confirm the correct battery charge algorithm. If the
[6 Flashes] - Over Load/Over Temperature battery pack is new, the algorithm will need to be
This fault indicates that the batteries will not accept charge changed if the pack is not the same as the old one.
current, or an internal fault has been detected in the char- for instructions on how to determine and change the
ger. This fault will nearly always be set within the first 30 battery charge algorithm see the following sub-sec-
seconds of operation. If it occurs after the charger has tion.
started charging normally, be sure to make a note of it. 4. If the output voltage of the charger seems excessive,
1. Remove excessive AC loads from inverter if return the charger for service. Contact JLG to get the
installed. expected battery voltage settings for the charger in
question. Be sure to have the charger’s serial num-
2. Try to clear the fault by unplugging the AC, waiting ber and charge algorithm setting available when
30 seconds and reconnecting the ac power. calling.
3. Check all battery connections. Look for a high resis-
tance connection.The most likely reason for this fault
is a fault in the battery such as a bad battery con-
nection, an open cell, or insufficient water.
4. This fault will occur if an internal fuse inside the char-
ger blows. If the green wire is shorted to ground
even momentarily, this fuse will blow. To check the
fuse, measure with an ohmmeter between the green
and red wires with the AC disconnected. If a short
circuit is not measured, the fuse has blown. Return
unit to a service depot to have this fuse replaced.
5. If this fault occurs after battery charging has started,
confirm that AC power was not interrupted and that
all battery connections are good.
6. If all battery connections are good, an internal fault
has been detected and the charger must be brought
to a qualified service depot.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-51

Checking/Changing the Battery Charger 3. Remove the AC power from the charger and recon-
nect the charger’s positive connector to the battery.
Algorithm It is recommended to check a newly changed algo-
The charger is pre-loaded with programming algorithms rithm by repeating the above steps 1 and 3.
for the specific batteries detailed in Table 3-4, Battery
Algorithms. Table 3-4. Battery Algorithms
NOTE: Contact JLG if your specific battery model is not Proper

listed. Algorithm # JLG P/N Battery Type Algorithm
Setting
Each time AC power is applied with the battery pack not
173 1001114782 DISCOVER EV 305A-A 43
connected, the charger enters an algorithm select/display
mode for approximately 11 seconds. During this time, the 173 0400055 US BATT L16 173
current Algorithm # is indicated on the Yellow Charging
LED. A single digit Algorithm # is indicated by the number
of blinks separated by a pause. A two digit Algorithm # is
indicated by the number of blinks for the first digit followed
by a short pause, then the number of blinks for the second
digit followed by a longer pause.
To check / change the charging algorithm:
1. Disconnect the charger positive connector from the
battery pack. Apply AC power and after the LED test,
the Algorithm # will display for 11 seconds.
2. To change the algorithm, touch the connector to the
battery’s positive terminal for 3 seconds during the
11 second display period and then remove. The
Algorithm # will advance after 3 seconds. Repeat
this procedure until the desired Algorithm # is dis-
played. A 30 second timeout is extended for every
increment. Incrementing beyond the last Algorithm
will recycle back to the first Algorithm. When the
desired Algorithm is displayed, touch the charger
connector to the battery positive terminal until the
output relay makes a clicking noise (approx. 10 sec-
onds). The algorithm is now in the permanent mem-
ory.
3-52 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3.12 GENERATOR (PRIOR TO S/N 88539) • Start Control Relay

The start control relay energizes the solenoid of the
NOTE: Throughout the Generator section, the abbreviations engine starter and the pull coil of the engine fuel solenoid.
RBS and CTS are used. RBS stands for Rotary Bat- The start control relay is located on the fuel solenoid
tery System, which is the generator system. CTS bracket on the right side of the engine. The start control
stands for Call To Start, which is the electronic inputs relay is energized by the engine/generator controller.
which signal the generator to start and charge the
batteries. • Fuel Control Relay
The generator consists of a drive engine, controller, and The fuel control relay energizes the hold coil of the fuel
related components. solenoid. The fuel control relay is energized by the
engine/generator controller.
• Alternator
The alternator is a brushless, DC output alternator. The 3 • Fuel Solenoid
phase output of the alternator is full wave rectified and The fuel solenoid actuates the run/stop lever of the
directed to the output terminator. engine. This solenoid has a pull and hold coil. The pull coil
The output rating is 58 volts DC at 45 amps. Voltage regu- is energized by the start control relay and the hold coil is
lation and current limiting is provided by the Engine/Gen- energized by the fuel control relay.
erator Controller.
• Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
The rectifier diodes and output current sensor are located
in the alternator end. The engine oil temperature sensor is used to sense the
temperature of the oil in the sump of the engine. This sen-
• Dynamo and Dynamo Voltage Regulator sor provides a signal to the engine/generator controller for
The engine is equipped with a 12 Volt, 15 Amp DC output high engine temperature shutdown.
dynamo.
• Alternator Output Current Sensor
• Dynamo Output Fuse The alternator output current sensor provides a signal pro-
The dynamo output fuse is used to protect the output of portional to the output current of the alternator to the
the dynamo. This fuse is rated at 20 Amps DC, slow blow engine/generator controller. This signal is used by the
and is located on the left side of the engine. controller to regulate the current output of the alternator.
The output current is regulated at 55 Amps DC. The alter-
• Control Fuse nator output current sensor is located inside the rear
cover of the alternator.
This fuse provides power to the engine/generator and the
relays for start control, fuel control, and pre-heater. This • Engine Speed Sensor
fuse is rated at 15 Amps DC and is located on the right
side of the engine. The engine speed sensor provides a signal proportional
to the rotational speed of the engine to the engine/genera-
• Start Battery tor controller. This signal is used by the controller to deter-
mine starter cut-out, overspeed fault, and underspeed
A 12 volt lead-acid battery is utilized to provide starting fault. This signal has failsafe protection, if it is not present
power for the generator and power for the generator con- at the controller, the unit will fault with a loss of speed sig-
trols. This battery is charged by the engine dynamo and nal indication. The engine speed sensor is located inside
dynamo regulator when the engine is running. the recoil starter cover at the front of the engine.
• Engine Starter • Engine Low Oil Pressure Switch

The engine is equipped with a 12 Volt DC starter. This The engine is equipped with a low oil pressure switch. The
starter provides mechanical power to crank the engine. switch is closed when the oil pressure is below 14.2 psi (1
Electrical power for the starter is provided by the start bat- Bar).
tery. The starter is energized by the start control relay.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-53

Figure 3-20. Generator Components
3-54 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Timing Sequences 6. Time Delay Bypass (TDBP)
• RBS Prestart Sequence Once the engine starts, TDBP must elapse before
1. Time Delay Engine Start (TDES) low oil pressure and underspeed shutdowns are
activated. This allows the engine to come up to nor-
TDES is the period which the RBS waits to verify that mal operating conditions before enabling these
the CTS is valid rather than a transient condition. shutdowns are monitored.
2. Time Delay Pre-Heat (TDPH) Table 3-6. RBS Startup Sequence
TDPH, if enabled, occurs after TDES has elapsed Crank Time -> Rest Time
and the engine temperature is below the factory set (Until Engine Start or # of
engine preheat temperature setting. The engine pre- Crank Cycles)
heater will be energized for the factory set preheat TDBP Bypass
delay period.
Normal Running Operation
Table 3-5. RBS Prestart Sequence
• RBS Shutdown Sequence
CTS (Call to Start)
Once all CTS conditions have been removed, the RBS will
TDES (Engine Start) begin the shutdown sequence. If a CTS condition is initi-
Preheat Delay ated during the shutdown sequence, the RBS will return to
RBS Startup Sequence normal running operation until the CTS is removed.
1. Time Delay Engine Run (TDER)
• RBS Startup Sequence
3. Crank Time Once the CTS condition is removed, the TDER
period begins. This period ensures that no further
The RBS will crank for a period up to the crank time CTS conditions occur prior to the cooldown period.
or until the engine starts. 2. Time Delay Cooldown (TDC)
4. Rest Time
Once the TDER period ends, the alternator output is
If the engine does not successfully start, the RBS will reduced to a minimal level in order to allow the
wait for the rest time before attempting to crank the engine to cool down for the TDC period. If a CTS is
engine again. received during the TDC period, the CTS must last
for at least the TDES period for the RBS to return to
5. Crank Cycles normal running operation.
The RBS will attempt to start the engine up until the Table 3-7. RBS Shutdown Sequence
number of crank cycles is reached. If the RBS does
not start, an Overcrank fault is indicated. Remove CTS
TDER Engine Run
TDC Cooldown
Engine Stop
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-55

To Connect the JLG Control System Analyzer Alarms and Fault Flash Codes
to the Generator In the event of an RBS alarm, a flash code will be issued
and an alarm indicated on the analyzer.
The JLG Control System Analyzer can be used to monitor
generator settings and conditions. Connect the analyzer NOTE: Alarms must be reset once the fault has been cor-
as follows: rected.
1. Connect the four pin end of the cable supplied with

the analyzer, to the connector behind the ground Table 3-8. Generator System Flash Codes
control module located on the left side of the
machine next to the ground control station and con- Code Alarm Description
nect the remaining end of the cable to the analyzer.
1-1 Low Oil Pressure Shutdown due to low engine
The ground control module contains the settings for oil pressure
the generator.
1-2 High Engine Tem- Shutdown due to high engine
perature oil temperature
1-3 Engine Overspeed Shutdown due to high engine

speed
1-4 E n g i n e U n d e r- Shutdown due to engine

speed/Overcrank overcrank or underspeed
1-5 No Speed Signal Shutdown due to loss of

speed signal
2-1 Overvoltage Shutdown due to high output

voltage
2-2 Engine Starting Alarm not a shutdown; Indi-

System fault cates problem with the
engine starting system
2-3 Not Used Not Used
2-4 L o s s o f Vo l t a g e Shutdown due to loss of volt-

Sense age sensing
Contin- Unit Disabled No Faults. RBS enabled and
uous can respond to any CTS
Off Unit Disabled RBS off or disabled; Will not

NOTE: The cable has a four pin connector at each end of respond to any CTS
the cable; the cable cannot be connected back-
• Low Oil Pressure
wards.
Enabled once TDBP (time delay bypass) period has
2. Power up the Analyzer by pulling out the ground sta- elapsed after engine startup. If the low engine oil pressure
tion EMS and positioning the Generator Enable switch closes, the engine will stop immediately and a low
switch on the platform control box to the "on" posi- oil pressure alarm will be indicated.
tion. Refer to Figure 3-21., Generator System Ana-
• High Engine Temperature
lyzer Flow Chart
If the engine oil temperature exceeds the high engine tem-
perature setting, the engine will stop immediately and a
low oil pressure alarm will be indicated.
3-56 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Figure 3-21. Generator System Analyzer Flow Chart
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-57

• Overspeed • Loss Of Voltage Sense

If the engine speed exceeds the overspeed limit, the If the voltage measured at the alternator output is less
engine will stop immediately and an overspeed alarm will than half of the system nominal voltage, the RBS will stop
be indicated. immediately and an RBS loss of voltage sense alarm will
be indicated. This feature protects the batteries and load
• Underspeed
from high DC voltages due to a loss of output control.
Enabled once TDBP (time delay bypass) period has
• Run Inhibited
elapsed after engine startup. If the engine speed drops
below the underspeed limit, the engine will stop immedi- The RBS unit is disabled by the run inhibited input.
ately and an engine underspeed alarm will be indicated.
• Overcrank
Output Current and Voltage Settings
• Normal/Extended Output Voltage
If the engine fails to start after a set number of start
attempts, the RBS will cease attempts to restart and an The normal/extended output voltage setting is the voltage
engine overcrank alarm will be indicated. at which the alternator changes under normal operating
conditions.
• No Speed Signal
• Current Limit
In the event of a loss of speed signal, the RBS will shut-
down and an engine no speed signal alarm will be indi- The current limit setting determines the maximum alterna-
cated. This shutdown is delayed by a factory set period to tor output current.
ensure the fault was not momentary.
• High Voltage Shutdown Level
• Overvoltage
This setting determines the alternator output voltage at
If the voltage measured at the alternator output exceeds which the high voltage shutdown occurs. This protects the
the high voltage setting, the RBS will stop immediately load from abnormally high voltages.
and an RBS high output alarm will be indicated. This shut-
• Finish Charging Current
down is delayed by a factory set period to ensure the fault
was not caused by a transient condition. This feature pro- The finish charging current determines the level of the cur-
tects the batteries and load from high DC voltages. rent alternator output must drop below for a low battery
voltage CTS to be removed. This ensures that the batter-
• Engine Starting System Fault
ies have accepted sufficient charge prior to shutting down
Indicates a problem with either the engine start battery, the RBS. This level is used along with the low battery volt-
engine magneto, or magneto voltage regulator. age remove CTS level to determine when the RBS
removes the CTS after a low battery voltage CTS. If the
charging current falls below the finish charging current
while another CTS is active, the RBS will continue to oper-
ate at the normal/extended output voltage until all CTS’s
are removed.
3-58 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Priming the Fuel Line 5. Clean up any spilled fuel and try to start the genera-
tor engine.
The following procedure is for re-priming the fuel line on
6. If the engine still doesn’t start, remove the steel line
the generator engine in the event fuel system components
from the fuel injector pump.
have been replaced or the unit has been run dry of fuel.
7. Once fuel starts to flow, re-connect the fuel line to
1. Make sure the fuel line isn’t blocked or kinked. the fuel injector pump.
2. Make sure fuel tank has fuel. 8. Clean up any spilled fuel and try to start the genera-
3. Disconnect the rubber fuel line at the fuel injector tor engine.
pump. 9. If no fuel flows there are some possibilities:
a. There is no fuel getting to the injector pump. No
fuel in tank, or obstruction in fuel line, or clogged
inline fuel filter.
b. The engine/camshaft rotation is not opening the
injection fuel pump. Using the recoil starter,
rotate the engine 1/3 of a turn and fuel should
spill from the fuel injector pump.
10. Engine might run rough for 20 seconds or so, but it
will clean out.
4. When fuel starts to flow out of the rubber line, re-

connect the fuel line to the fuel injector pump.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-59

3.13 GENERATOR (S/N 88539 TO PRESENT) Dynamo and Dynamo Voltage Regulator
NOTE: Throughout the Generator section, the abbreviation
RBS is used. RBS stands for Rotary Battery System,
which is the generator system.
The engine-driven generator is designed to produce a DC

output directly without the need of a separate rectifier.
Included in the RBS unit is the engine, generator, engine/
generator controller, harness and related components.
Engine
Peak rating:
Continuous rating:
6.2 HP The engine is equipped with a dynamo and dynamo volt-
0.6 HP at 3600 RPM age regulator.
Refer to the Engine Manual for a complete description of Dynamo output: 12V
the engine. 7A DC
Refer to the Engine Manual for a complete description of
Alternator the dynamo and dynamo voltage regulator.
Dynamo Output Fuse
This fuse protects the dynamo output; it is located on the

The RBS is equipped with a brushless DC output alterna- left side of the engine.
tor. Rating: 20ADC
The 3-phase AC output of the alternator is full wave recti-
fied and presented to the output terminals. Control Fuse
Output rating: 58.0V at 45A The control fuse provides power to the engine/generator
Voltage regulation and current limiting is provided by the controller and the relays for start control, fuel control and
RBS Engine/Generator Controller. glow plug.
The rectifier diodes and output current sensor are located Rating: 15ADC
in the alternator endbell. This fuse is located on the right side of the engine.
3-60 – JLG Lift – 3121829

13
10
12
11
8
9
1. Glow Plug Relay 8. Temperature Sensor 11 12

2. Fuel Control Relay 9. Voltage Regulator
10 14
3. Start Control Relay 10. Alternator
4. Fuel Solenoid 11. Starter
5. Fuel Pump 12. Starter Solenoid
6. Low Oil Pressure Switch 13. Oil Filter
7. Glow Plug 14. Fuel Filter
13
5 3
1 2
4 6
Figure 3-22. Generator
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-61

Start Battery Start Control Relay
The RBS requires a 12V lead-acid start battery (not sup-

plied with the system), which provides starting power and
power for the RBS controls.
This battery is charged by the engine dynamo and
dynamo regulator when the engine is running.
Engine Starter
The start control relay energizes the solenoid of the

engine starter and the pull coil of the engine fuel solenoid.
The start control relay is energized by the engine/genera-
tor controller from pin J2-4.
The start control relay is located on the fuel solenoid
bracket on the right side of the engine.
The engine is equipped with a 12VDC starter, which pro-

vides the mechanical power to crank the engine. Electrical
power for the starter is provided by the start battery.
The starter is energized by the start control relay.
3-62 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Fuel Control Relay Glow Plug Control Relay
The fuel control relay energizes the hold coil of the fuel The glow plug control relay energizes the glow plug. It is
solenoid. energized by the engine/generator controller, pin J2-27.
The fuel control relay is energized by the engine/ The glow plug control relay is located on the fuel solenoid
generator controller from pin J2-3. bracket on the right side of the engine.
The fuel control relay is located on the fuel solenoid
bracket on the right side of the engine. Glow Plug
The glow plug is a resistive heating element located in the
combustion chamber. It is used during starting at temper-
atures below 32°F (0°C).
The heater is energized by the glow plug control relay.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-63

Fuel Pump Engine Low Oil Pressure Switch
The fuel pump runs in parallel with the fuel solenoid hold
coil which is run by the fuel control relay.
The pump runs whenever the engine runs, and keeps the
fuel filter filled. Excess fuel flows through the return line
back to the fuel tank.
The engine is equipped with a low oil pressure switch.
The fuel pump is located on the right side of the engine. This switch is closed when the oil pressure is below 7psi.
It is mounted on the side cover.
Fuel Solenoid
Engine Oil Temperature Sensor
The fuel solenoid actuates the run/stop lever of the

engine. This solenoid has a pull coil energized by the start
control relay and a hold coil energized by the fuel control The engine oil temperature sensor is used to sense the
relay. temperature of the oil in the sump of the engine.
The fuel solenoid is located on the right side of the engine. This sensor provides an analog signal to the engine/gen-
erator controller. The primary use of this signal is for high
engine temperature shutdown 248°F (120°C) for the
3-64 – JLG Lift – 3121829

engine. The signal is also used in determining if the air RBS Engine/Generator Controller
glow plug should be energized.
The control system enclosure houses the RBS engine/
The engine oil temperature sensor is connected to the
generator controller, which performs all control tasks
engine/generator controller at pins J2-8 and J2-19.
associated with the RBS.
The engine oil temperature sensor is located on the left
The engine/generator controller interface is via a J2 35-pin
side of the engine.
connector.
Alternator Output Current Sensor Table 3-9. Controller Interface Pin Assignments
The alternator output current sensor provides a signal pro-
portional to the output current of the alternator to the PIN FUNCTION
engine/generator controller. The output current is regu- 1 System 48VDC
lated at 45ADC. 2 System 0V DC
The alternator output current sensor is connected to the 3 Fuel solenoid
engine/generator controller at pins J2-21, J2-31 and J2-
4 Starter Solenoid
32.
5 Manual call to start
The alternator output current sensor is located inside the
rear cover of the alternator. 6 Low oil pressure
7 Not used
Engine Speed Sensor 8 Engine oil temperature
9 Speed sensing input
10 RS-232 +12V
11 RXD
12 TXD
13 LED Driver GND
14 LED Driver +48V
15 Speed sensor GND
16 Not used
17 Not used
18 - Output voltage
The engine speed sensor provides a signal proportional 19 Engine oil temperature/ambient temp. + 8V
to the rotational speed of the engine to the engine/genera- 20 Speed Sensing + 8V
tor controller. This signal is used by the engine/generator 21 Output current sensor (GND)
controller to determine starter cut-out, overspeed fault and
22 Not used
underspeed fault. If the signal is not present at the engine/
generator controller, the unit will fault with a loss of speed 23 RS-232 GND
signal indication. 24 - Field drive
The engine speed sensor is connected to the engine/gen- 25 + Start battery
erator controller at pins J2-9, J2-15 and J2-20. 26 - Start battery
The engine speed sensor is located inside the recoil 27 Pre-heat
starter cover at the front of the engine.
28 Inhibit run
29 Engine temp. switch
30 + Output voltage
31 Speed sensing + 5V
32 Output current sense
33 Not used
34 Not used
35 Field Drive
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-65

Warnings and Safety Precautions System Settings

CALL TO START SETTINGS
THE RBS MAY START WITHOUT WARNING. Low battery voltage call to start level 48.0 VDC
Low battery voltage remove call to start level 54.0 VDC
Low temperature call to start level 5°C
Low temperature remove call to start level 8°C
MORE THAN ONE LIVE CIRCUIT IS USED INSIDE THE RBS CON-
TROL PANEL. EXERCISE CAUTION WHEN THE CONTROL PANEL Low start battery voltage call to start level 12.2 V
IS OPEN, EVEN WHEN THE RBS IS NOT RUNNING. Low start battery voltage remove call to start level 12.9 V
System Controls CURRENT AND VOLTAGE SETTINGS
INHIBIT RUN INPUT Normal output voltage level 58.0 VDC

The inhibit run input prevents the RBS from starting, clears Extend output voltage level 58.0 VDC
any existing calls to start and stops the engine immedi-
ately. To return to normal operating mode, the inhibit run Current limit level 45 ADC
input must be removed. High voltage shutdown level 63 ADC
MANUAL CALL TO START Finish charging current level 30 ADC
The manual call to start input initiates an automatic run of
the RBS unit. TIME DELAY SETTINGS
RS232 PORT TD engine start 30s
The RS232 allows the RBS to be monitored and controlled TD purge 0s
using an analyzer.
TD bypass 10s
System Status and Performance Monitoring TD engine run 1800s
TD cool-down 30s
System status and performance can be monitored by the
analyzer. TD high volts 2s
CRANK SETTINGS
Crank time 15s
Reset time 15s
Crank cycles 3
SPEED TIME AND GLOW PLUG SETTINGS

TD no speed signal 5s
TD DC sensing fault 10s
Starter disconnect 1000 Hz
Overspeed shutdown 3800 RPM
Underspeed shutdown 2000 RPM
Glow plug on temperature 5°C
Glow plug on time 15s
3-66 – JLG Lift – 3121829

RBS Start RBS shutdown

Call to start Manual 48V DC applied to the input Call to start removed Manually Inhibit run input applied
Automatic 1 Low battery voltage (below Automati- 1 Battery voltage above
48VDC) cally: 54VDC and finish charging cur-
2 Low engine temperature rent below 30ADC
(below 5°C) 2 Engine temperature above
3 Low start battery voltage 8°C
(below 12.2V) 3 Start battery voltage above
Engine start time RBS waits to verify that call to 12.9V and finish charging cur-
delay start is valid (not a transient con- rent below 30ADC
dition). Engine run time delay This period ensures that no fur-
Preheat delay - if engine temperature is below ther call to start conditions
32°F (0°C) occur prior to cool-down period.
Crank time RBS will crank and rest until Cool-down period Alternator output is reduced to a
(Rest time) engine starts, or Overcrank fault minimal level to allow the engine
is indicated after 3 failed crank to cool down.
cycles.
Time delay bypass RBS waits until normal engine
operating conditions are
reached before Low oil pressure
and Underspeed faults are moni-
tored.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-67

RBS Alarms and Flash Codes

In the event of an RBS alarm, a flash code will be issued
and an alarm indicated on the analyzer.
Table 3-10. RBS Alarms and Flash Codes
Flash Code Problem RBS Condition

1-1 Low Oil Pressure 1 Below 7psi Shutdown
1-2 High Engine Temp. Over248°F(120°C) Shutdown
1-3 Overspeed Over 3800 RPM Shutdown
1-4 Underspeed 1 Below 2000 RPM Shutdown
Overcrank 3 failed crank cyclesCall to start removed Call to start removed
1-5 No Speed Signal2 Shutdown
2-1 Overvoltage 3 Over 63VDC Shutdown
2-2 Engine Starting System fault 4 Alarm
2-4 Loss Of Voltage Sense Alternator output less than 1/2 of the system Shutdown
nominal voltage (58VDC)
steady Unit Enabled, no faults Unit can respond to any call to start
- Unit Off / Disabled Unit will not respond to any call to start
Notes:
1 Enabled once time delay bypass period has elapsed after engine startup.
2 Delayed to ensure the fault was not momentary.
3 Measured at the alternator output, shutdown is delayed by a factory set period to ensure the fault was not caused by a transient condition.
4 Indicates a problem with the engine start battery, engine magneto or magneto-voltage regulator.
Alarms must be reset once the fault has been corrected Maintenance Schedule
(see below).
Check oil level every 24 hours
Resetting the RBS Controller Change engine oil and filter every 150 hours
The RBS can be reset using the analyzer or by disabling
and re-enabling the RBS controller. This will clear any cur-
rent fault condition with the controller.
3-68 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Troubleshooting
Table 3-11. Troubleshooting
Flash Code Problem Solution

- Unit Off / Disabled (engine will not Check position of selector switch.
crank)
Verify that the inhibit run is released.
Check the warning LED. Remedy fault if present and restart the RBS.
Check the start battery voltage.
Check control fuse.
Check for loose wiring or connection.

1-1 Low Oil Pressure Check oil level.
Check oil supply lines.
Refer to Kubota Workshop manual WSM OC60/80/95.
Verify correct operation of oil pressure switch with a test gauge.

1-2 High Engine Temp. Check for obstructions in the cooling airflow to the engine.
Check that the ambient temperature is within the design limits of the engine.
Verify correct operation of engine temperature sensor.

1-3 Overspeed Verify setting of governor lever. Readjust, if required.
Refer to Kubota Workshop manual WSM OC60/80/95.

1-4 Underspeed Ensure there is an adequate supply of fuel to the engine.
Ensure there is an adequate supply of combustion air to the engine. Check air
cleaner.
Verify setting of governor lever. Readjust if required.
Refer to Kubota OC60 Engine Manual.

Overcrank Check fuel level.
Check fuel connections.
Verify operation of fuel solenoid and fuel pump.
Check the start battery voltage.
If the engine exhaust contains white smoke then fuel is entering the engine but
the engine is not firing. Refer to the Kubota OC60 Engine Manual for further
checks.
If the ambient temperature is low, verify that the heater and/or glow plug are
operating.
1-5 No Speed Signal Check wiring connections.
2-1 Overvoltage Check alternator output voltage.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-69

Flash Code Problem Solution

2-2 Engine Starting System fault Check engine start battery charging system for current output.
Check for failed engine start battery.

2-4 Loss Of Voltage Sense
APU Engine Start Battery Boosting

Always connect the POSITIVE (+) of the booster battery DO NOT ATTEMPT TO JUMP START AN APU WITH A LOW ACID
to the POSITIVE (+) of the APU start battery, and the LEVEL IN THE BATTERY.
NEGATIVE (-) of the booster battery to the ground of the
engine block.
WARNINGS:
THE VOLTAGE OF THE BOOSTER BATTERY MUST BE RATED AT
12V. THE AMP-HOUR CAPACITY OF THE BOOSTER BATTERY
ALWAYS SHIELD YOUR EYES AND AVOID LEANING OVER THE MUST NOT BE LOWER OR SUBSTANTIALLY HIGHER THAN THAT
BATTERY WHENEVER POSSIBLE. OF THE DISCHARGED BATTERY. USE OF BATTERIES OF DIF-
FERENT VOLTAGE OR SUBSTANTIALLY DIFFERENT AMP-HOUR
RATING MAY CAUSE AN EXPLOSION OR PERSONAL INJURY.
APPLYING A HIGHER VOLTAGE WHILE BOOSTING WILL ALSO
DO NOT ALLOW BATTERY ACID TO CONTACT EYES OR SKIN. CAUSE DAMAGE TO SENSITIVE ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.
FLUSH ANY CONTACTED AREA WITH WATER IMMEDIATELY.
SEEK MEDICAL ATTENTION IF IRRITATION PERSISTS.
A CHARGING SYSTEM (BATTERY CHARGER OR BATTERY

CHARGING ALTERNATOR) MUST NEVER BE ENERGIZED WHILE
STARTING BATTERIES GENERATE EXPLOSIVE GASES. KEEP BOOSTING. DAMAGE TO SENSITIVE ELECTRONIC COMPO-
SPARKS, FLAME AND LIGHTED CIGARETTES AWAY FROM BAT- NENTS WILL RESULT.
TERIES.
THE MAIN BATTERY OF THE LIFT MUST NEVER BE USED TO
BOOST THE APU. DAMAGE TO SENSITIVE ELECTRONIC COMPO-
NENTS WILL RESULT.
IMPROPER USE OF A BOOSTER BATTERY TO START AN APU
MAY CAUSE AN EXPLOSION.
3-70 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3.14 SUPPLEMENTARY FUSE FOR APU 2. Find where the harness attaches to the rear cover of
the generator and the connection point for the new
The purpose of this section is to describe the procedure to inline fuse.
add a supplementary fuse for the Engine Generator Con-
troller for the APU.
Tools And Material

• - Weather proof fuse holder - JLG P/N 2400081
• - AGC1, 1 Amp fuse - JLG P/N 2400080
• - 45 cm of #16 AWG wire - JLG P/N 4920019
• - 2 X insulated butt splice connectors - JLG P/N
4460035
• - 6 X medium length wire ties - JLG P/N 4240033
• - Wire/Side cutters
• - 5/32” Allen Key
• - Crimping tool
Procedure 3. Remove the socket head drive screw with a 5/32”

Allen key. Next remove the cable clamp from the
harness.
BEFORE BEGINNING THIS PROCEDURE, ENSURE THAT ALL
SOURCES OF POWER ARE DISCONNECTED FROM THE APU!
This procedure is common for all applications of the APU.

The photos contained in this document illustrate the mod-
ification performed to an APU supplied in a JLG M450 lift.
1. Locate the harness at the rear of the APU.
4. Cut and remove the Wire Ties holding the Harness

label to the harness. Next, remove the Wire Ties so
3121829 – JLG Lift – 3-71

that the cable sleeve can be moved, exposing the 6. Re-install the harness with the new fuse in place.
conductors of the harness.
7. Reconnect the lift and APU start battery. The APU is

now ready for use.
5. Cut wire 106 going to the Engine/Generator Control-

ler after the existing connection point and install the
conductors that lead to the new inline fuse holder.
Use insulated butt splice connectors for these con-
ductors.
3-72 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 4. BOOM & PLATFORM
4.1 BOOM MAINTENANCE e. Remove hardware securing the master cylinder

pin #2. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer,
remove pin #2 from the base boom.
Removal
f. Remove hardware securing the base boom pin
1. Remove the platform/support as follows: #3. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer,
a. Disconnect electrical cable from control con- remove pin #3 from the upright.
sole. g. Using all applicable safety precautions, carefully
b. Using an overhead crane or suitable lifting lift boom assembly clear of upright and lower to
device, strap support the platform/support. ground or suitable supported work surface.
c. Remove hardware from pin #1. Using a suitable
brass drift and hammer, remove pin #1 from the
platform support.
d. Supporting the platform/support, remove the
hardware from pin #2. Using a suitable brass
drift and hammer, remove pin #2 from the fly
boom and remove the rotator.
e. Supporting the slave cylinder, remove the hard-
ware from pin #3. Using a suitable brass drift
and hammer, remove pin #3 from the fly boom.
f. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines to the slave
leveling cylinder. Use a suitable container to
retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic
lines and ports. Remove the slave cylinder.
2. Remove the boom from upright as follows:
a. Remove hardware securing the cover plate on
the side of the base boom section and remove
hose clamps. Disconnect wiring harness from
ground control harness connector.
Figure 4-1. Location of Components - Boom Removal

HYDRAULIC LINES AND PORTS SHOULD BE CAPPED IMMEDI-
ATELY AFTER DISCONNECTING LINES TO AVOID ENTRY OF CON-
TAMINANTS INTO SYSTEM. Disassembly Boom Sections
b. Tag and disconnect hydraulic lines from boom 1. Loosen jam nuts on aft end of fly boom wear pad
to control valve. Use a suitable container to adjustment and loosen adjustments.
retain any residual hydraulic fluid. Cap hydraulic 2. Using a portable power source, attach hose to tele-
lines and ports. scope cylinder port block. Using all applicable
c. Using a suitable lifting equipment, adequately safety precautions, activate hydraulic system and
support boom weight along entire length. extend cylinder to gain access to cylinder rod pin
#1. Shut down hydraulic system.
d. Remove hardware securing the lift cylinder pin
#1. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, 3. Carefully disconnect hydraulic hose from retract port
remove pin #1 from the base boom. of cylinder. There will be initial weeping of hydraulic
fluid which can be caught in a suitable container.
After initial discharge, there should be no further
leakage from the retract port.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-1

4. Remove hardware securing telescope cylinder #1 to Inspection

the fly boom section, then remove pin from fly.
1. Inspect boom pivot pin for wear, scoring or other
5. Remove hardware securing telescope cylinder to
damage, and for tapering or ovality. Replace pin as
the base boom section.
necessary.
2. Inspect lift and master cylinder pins for wear, scoring
or other damage, and for tapering or ovality. Ensure
WHEN REMOVING TELESCOPE CYLINDER FROM BOOM SEC- pin surfaces are protected prior to installation.
TIONS. CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN NOT TO LET CYLINDER REST Replace pins as necessary.
ON POWERTRACK WHICH COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO POW-
ERTRACK. 3. Inspect telescope cylinder rod attach pin for wear,
scoring or other damage. Replace pin as necessary.
6. Using a suitable lifting device, remove telescope cyl- 4. Inspect inner diameter of boom pivot bushings for
inder from boom sections. scoring, distortion, wear or other damage. Replace
7. Using a piece of tape, mark the length of hoses and bushings as necessary.
wires from front of fly boom and bottom of base 5. Inspect wear pads for wear as shown in Section 4.6,
boom for reassembly. Wear Pads.
8. Remove hardware securing the front cover on base 6. Inspect all threaded components for damage such
boom section. as stretching, thread deformation, or twisting.
9. Loosen jam nuts on front wear pad adjustments and Replace as necessary.
loosen adjustments. 7. Inspect structural units of boom assembly for bend-
10. Remove hardware securing the front wear pads on ing, cracking, separation of welds, or other damage.
base boom section, remove wear pads. Replace boom sections as necessary.
11. Remove wire clamp on the inside of the fly nose. Assembly
12. Manually push the fly boom section into base boom
1. Install power track to the attach point on the inside
section to gain access to the powertrack attachment
of the base boom section. Secure power track with
bolts on the right side of the base boom section.
hardware.
13. Remove hardware securing the powertrack to the aft
2. Install hydraulic lines and electrical cables into the
end of the fly boom section.
power track.
14. Using a suitable lifting device, remove fly boom from
3. Install wear pads to the aft end of the fly section.
boom section.
4. Using suitable lifting equipment, slide fly section into
15. Remove hydraulic lines and electrical cables from
the base section until power track attach point aligns
powertrack.
with holes in side of base section.
16. Remove hardware securing powertrack to the base
5. Attach the power track to the aft end of fly boom
boom section. Remove powertrack.
section. Secure power track with hardware.
4-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

6. Using suitable lifting equipment, slide fly boom sec- Installation

tion out to gain access to telescope cylinder attach
pin hole. 1. Using suitable lifting equipment, position boom
assembly on upright so that boom pivot holes in
7. Measure the distance between the telescope cylin-
both boom and upright are aligned.
der port block attach point on base boom section
and the attach point on fly boom section. 2. Install boom pivot pin, ensuring that location of the
hole in pivot pin aligns with attach point on upright.
8. Connect a suitable auxiliary hydraulic power source
to the telescope cylinder port block. 3. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate lift-
ing equipment in order to position boom lift and
9. Extend the telescope cylinder the distance of the
master cylinders so that holes in cylinder rod ends
two attach points.
and boom structure are aligned. Insert cylinder pins.
10. Secure the sling and lifting device at the telescope
4. If necessary, gently tap pins into position with a soft
cylinder’s approximate center of gravity, and lift the
headed mallet, ensuring that attach holes in pins are
cylinder to the aft end of the boom assembly.
aligned with attach holes in boom structure. Secure
with hardware.
5. Connect all hosing and wiring.
WHEN INSERTING THE TELESCOPE CYLINDER INTO THE BOOM,
CARE MUST BE TAKEN NOT TO DAMAGE THE POWER TRACK 6. Install the slave leveling cylinder to the boom
ASSEMBLY. assembly.
7. Install the platform to the boom assembly.
11. Slowly slide the telescope cylinder into boom
8. Connect all hosing and wiring at platform control
assembly, align rod end with attach point in fly sec-
station.
tion. Insert pin and secure with retaining ring.
9. Using all safety precautions, operate machine sys-
12. Align bolt holes at aft end of base boom section with
tems and extend and retract boom for four or five
telescope cylinder port block. Secure telescope cyl-
cycles.
inder with hardware.
10. Shut down machine systems and check for leakage.
13. Install wear pads at end of base boom section.
Adjust the adjustable wear pads to zero clearance.
Adjust pads alternately side to side, so that fly boom
section is centered in base boom section.
14. Retract boom section fully. Adjust wear pads at aft
end of boom section to zero clearance. Adjust pads
alternately side to side, so that fly boom section is
centered in base boom section.
15. Disconnect auxiliary power source from telescope
cylinder.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-3

4.2 UPPER (MAIN) BOOM LIFT CYLINDER 4. With function speed switch at its slowest setting,
extend the cylinder rod until attach pin hole aligns
with those in boom. Using a suitable drift, drive the
Removal cylinder rod attach pin #1 through the aligned
1. Place the machine on a flat and level surface. Place holes. Secure the pin in place with pin retaining
the Upper Boom in a horizontal position. Place hardware.
Lower and Mid Booms 5 degree above horizontal. 5. Cycle cylinder completely to check for proper func-
Shut down machine and prop boom. tioning. Place boom in stowed position. Check
2. Tag, disconnect and cap the upper boom lift cylinder hydraulic fluid level and adjust accordingly.
hydraulic lines and ports.
3. Remove the hardware securing the cylinder rod
attach pin #1 to the boom. Using a suitable brass
4.3 MID BOOM LIFT CYLINDER
drift, drive out the cylinder rod attach pin #1.
Removal
1. Place machine on flat and level surface. Place the
Upper Boom in a horizontal position. Place the Mid
Boom in a 10 degree elevated position. Support
Upper Boom with a prop. Support upright with an
overhead crane.
2. Using slings, restrain the lower lift cylinder.
3. Remove the hardware securing the cylinder rod
attach pin #3 to the boom. Using an appropriate
brass drift, drive out the cylinder rod attach pin #3.
Figure 4-2. Upper Boom Lift Cylinder Removal
4. Secure the cylinder with suitable slings or supports

as required. Remove the hardware securing the bar-
rel end attach pin #2. Using a suitable brass drift,
drive out the barrel end attach pin #2.
5. Remove the cylinder from the boom and place in a Figure 4-3. Mid Boom Lift Cylinder Removal
suitable work area. 4. Tag, disconnect and cap the lift cylinder hydraulic
lines and ports.
Installation
5. Remove the hardware securing the barrel end attach
NOTE: Coat I.D. of bushings with specified lubricant prior to pin #4 to the boom. Using an appropriate brass
installing pins. drift, drive out the cylinder barrel pin #4.
6. Carefully remove cylinder from boom. Place in a
1. Install Lift Cylinder in place using suitable slings or suitable work area.
supports, aligning attach pin mounting holes on
upright.
2. Using a suitable drift, drive the barrel end attach pin
#2 through the mounting holes in the lift cylinder
and upright. Secure in place with pin retaining hard-
ware.
3. Remove cylinder port plugs and hydraulic line caps
and correctly attach lines to cylinder ports.
4-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Installation 3. Remove the hardware securing the cylinder rod

attach pin #5 to the boom. Using an appropriate
NOTE: Coat I.D. of bushings with specified lubricant prior to brass drift, drive out the cylinder rod attach pin #5.
installing pins.
1. With the booms positioned and supported, place

cylinder in position and secure in place using slings.
2. Install the cylinder barrel pin #4, being sure to align
the hole in the cylinder barrel pin with the retaining
pin screw hole. When holes align, install hardware.
3. Correctly install hydraulic lines to cylinder as previ-
ously tagged. Extend cylinder rod slowly until attach
pin hole aligns with those in boom.
4. Using a suitable brass drift, drive the cylinder rod
attach pin #3 through the aligned holes. Secure the
pin in place using retaining hardware.
5. Remove boom prop and overhead crane. Take the
lift cylinder through one complete cycle to assure
correct functioning. Place boom in stowed position.
Check hydraulic fluid and adjust accordingly.
4.4 LOWER BOOM LIFT CYLINDER Figure 4-4. Lower Boom Lift Cylinder Removal
Removal 4. Tag, disconnect and cap the lift cylinder hydraulic

lines and ports.
1. Place machine on flat and level surface. Place the
Upper Boom in a horizontal position. Place the Mid 5. Remove the hardware securing the barrel end attach
and Lower Booms in a 10 degree elevated position. pin #6 to the boom. Using an appropriate brass
Support Upper Boom with a prop. Support upright drift, drive out the cylinder barrel pin #6.
with an overhead crane. 6. Carefully remove cylinder from boom. Place in a
2. Using slings, restrain the lower lift cylinder. suitable work area.
Installation
NOTE: Coat I.D. of bushings with specified lubricant prior to
installing pins.
1. With the booms positioned and supported, place

cylinder in position and secure in place using slings.
2. Install the cylinder barrel pin #6, being sure to align
the hole in the cylinder barrel pin with the retaining
pin screw hole. When holes align, install hardware.
3. Correctly install hydraulic lines to cylinder as previ-
ously tagged. Extend cylinder rod slowly until attach
pin hole aligns with those in boom.
4. Using a suitable brass drift, drive the cylinder rod
attach pin #5 through the aligned holes. Secure the
pin in place using retaining hardware.
5. Remove boom prop and overhead crane. Take the
lift cylinder through one complete cycle to assure
correct functioning. Place boom in stowed position.
Check hydraulic fluid and adjust accordingly.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-5

4.5 UPPER BOOM TELESCOPE CYLINDER 9. Using another lifting device, support the rod end of
the cylinder and remove the cylinder from the boom
assembly.
Removal
10. Carefully lift the cylinder clear of the boom assembly
1. Place machine on flat and level surface, with Upper and lower to the ground or suitably supported work
Boom in the horizontal position. Extend Upper area.
Boom until fly attach pin #1 is accessible on fly.
Installation
1. Attach a hydraulic power supply to the telescope
cylinder ports. Using suitable supports or lifting
devices at each end of the cylinder, extend the rod
so that the cylinder pin attach holes are the same
distance apart as the boom pin attach holes.
2. Using suitable lifting equipment, carefully lower the
cylinder to the boom assembly.
3. Using another lifting device, support the rod end of
the cylinder and install the cylinder into the boom
assembly.
4. Remove lifting devices from the telescope cylinder.
5. Carefully install the telescope cylinder rod pin #1
through the fly boom and secure it with the retaining
rings.
6. Carefully install the telescope cylinder barrel end to
Figure 4-5. Upper Telescope Cylinder Removal base, securing cylinder to the base boom with four
(4) bolts and hardware.
2. Support Upper Boom basket end with a prop. Sup-
7. Remove applicable hydraulic line and port caps and
port Upper Upright end with an overhead crane.
correctly connect the hydraulic lines to the tele-
3. Tag, disconnect hydraulic lines to telescope cylinder. scope cylinder. Ensure all hoses are correctly
Use suitable container to retain any residual hydrau- routed.
lic fluid. Cap hydraulic lines and ports.
8. Remove boom prop and overhead crane. Activate
4. Remove the retaining rings that retain the telescope hydraulic system.
cylinder rod to the fly boom.
9. Using all applicable safety precautions, operate the
5. Using a suitable brass drift, carefully drive the tele- boom functions. Check for correct operation and
scope cylinder rod pin #1 from the fly boom. hydraulic leaks. Secure as necessary.
6. Remove the four (4) bolts securing the telescope 10. Check fluid level of hydraulic tank and add as neces-
cylinder barrel end to the base boom. sary.
NOTE: Care should be taken when removing the telescope
cylinder, do not leave cylinder rest on powertrack
which could cause damage to powertrack.
7. Using a suitable brass drift, carefully drive the tele-

scope cylinder pin from the base boom.
8. Attach a suitable sling to the telescope cylinder.
Using a suitable lifting device attached to the sling
carefully pull the telescope cylinder from the boom
assembly.
4-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

4.6 WEAR PADS 4.7 BOOM LIMIT SWITCHES

1. Shim up wear pads until snug to adjacent surface. Refer to Figure 4-8., Boom Limit Switches for adjustments
2. Replace wear pads when worn to thickness shown to be made to the two Boom Limit Switches which bolt in
below. place on the upright.
Table 4-1.Wear Pad Thickness
Thickness of
Pad Replace When Worn to:
New Pad
A 0.75" 19 mm 0.375" 9.5 mm
B 0.5" 13 mm 0.3125" 8 mm
C 0.5" 13 mm 0.3125" 8 mm
Figure 4-6. Wear Pad Thickness
3. Adjust wear pads as follows:

a. Loosen jam nut on adjustment bolt, turn bolt CW
until wear pad is snug to adjacent surface.
b. After adjustments have been made, tighten the
jam nuts on wear pad bolts.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-7

NOTE: If any rotator bolts are replaced, all bolts

A,B,D on the rotator should be retorqued.
C,D
A Torque to 50 ft.lbs. (68 Nm)

B Loctite #242
C Torque 250-270 ft. lbs. (339-366 Nm)
D Check torque every 150 hours of operation
Figure 4-7. Platform Support Torque Values
4-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Figure 4-8. Boom Limit Switches
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-9

Figure 4-9. Platform Components and Attaching Hardware (M450A & E450A)
4-10 – JLG Lift – 3121829

4.8 ARTICULATING JIB BOOM Inspection

Removal NOTE: When inspecting pins and bearings refer to Section
2, Pins and Composite Bearing Repair Guidelines.
1. For platform/support removal see platform/support
removal diagram. See Section 4.1, Boom Mainte- 1. Inspect articulating fly boom pivot pin for wear, scor-
nance. ing, tapering and ovality, or other damage. Replace
2. Position the articulating jib boom level with ground. pins as necessary.
3. Remove mounting hardware from slave leveling cyl- 2. Inspect articulating fly boom pivot attach points for
inder pin #1. Using a suitable brass drift and ham- scoring, tapering and ovality, or other damage.
mer, remove the cylinder pin from articulating jib Replace pins as necessary.
boom. 3. Inspect inner diameter of articulating fly boom pivot
bearings for scoring, distortion, wear, or other dam-
age. Replace bearings as necessary. (See Section 5,
Cylinder Repair For Bearing Replacement).
4. Inspect lift cylinder attach pin for wear, scoring,
tapering and ovality, or other damage. Ensure pin
surfaces are protected prior to installation. Replace
pins as necessary.
5. Inspect inner diameter of rotator attach point bear-
ings for scoring, distortion, wear, or other damage.
Replace bearing as necessary. (See Section 5, Cyl-
inder Repair For Bearing Replacement).
6. Inspect all threaded components for damage such
Figure 4-10. Location of Components - Articulating as stretching, thread deformation, or twisting.
Jib Boom Replace as necessary.
4. Remove mounting hardware from articulating jib 7. Inspect structural units of articulating jib boom
boom pivot pin #2. Using a suitable brass drift and assembly for bending, cracking, separation of
hammer, remove the pivot pin from boom assembly. welds, or other damage. Replace boom sections as
necessary.
Disassembly
1. Remove mounting hardware from articulating jib
Assembly
boom pivot pins #3 and #4. Using a suitable brass NOTE: For location of components See Section 4-10., Loca-
drift and hammer, remove the pins from articulating tion of Components - Articulating Jib Boom.
jib boom pivot weldment.
2. Remove mounting hardware from rotator support 1. Align lift cylinder with attach holes in articulating jib
pins #5 and #6. Using a suitable brass drift and boom. Using a soft head mallet, install cylinder pin
hammer, remove the pins from rotator support. #7 into articulating jib boom and secure with mount-
3. Remove mounting hardware from lift cylinder pin ing hardware.
#7. Using a suitable brass drift and hammer, remove 2. Align rotator support with attach hole in articulating
the cylinder pin from articulating jib boom. jib boom. Using a soft head mallet, install rotator
support pin #6 into articulating jib boom and secure
with mounting hardware.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-11

3. Align bottom tubes with attach holes in rotator sup- 18. Seal potentiometer with fingernail polish.
port. Using a soft head mallet, install rotator support
pin #5 into articulating jib boom and secure with
mounting hardware.
4. Align articulating jib boom with attach hole in articu-
lating jib boom pivot weldment. Using a soft head
mallet, install rotator support pin #4 into articulating
jib boom and secure with mounting hardware.
5. Align bottom tubes with attach holes in articulating
jib boom pivot weldment. Using a soft head mallet,
install rotator support pin #3 into articulating jib
boom pivot weldment and secure with mounting
hardware.
6. Align articulating jib boom pivot weldment with
attach holes in fly boom assembly. Using a soft head
mallet, install pivot pin #2 into fly boom assembly
and secure with mounting hardware.
7. Align the slave leveling cylinder with attach holes in
articulating jib boom pivot weldment. Using a soft
head mallet, install slave leveling cylinder pin #1
into articulating jib boom pivot weldment and secure
with mounting hardware.
Figure 4-11. Load Sensing System
4.9 LOAD SENSING SYSTEM

4.10 BOOM SYNCHRONIZING PROCEDURE
Calibration
NOTE: If the Lower Boom assembly does not fully lower:
1. Place the machine in a stowed position.
2. Activate both Emergency Stop switches and turn the 1. Remove all personnel from the platform.
Key switch to the platform position. 2. Pull the red knob located under the main control
3. Remove all loads from the basket including opera- valve.
tor. 3. From Ground Control, activate the lift control switch,
4. Turn P1 clockwise (in) until the potentiometer begins raise Lower Boom 6 feet (1.8m).
to click. 4. After raising Lower Boom, release the red knob.
5. Plug the analyzer into port in the platform. 5. Activate Lower Boom Down, fully lower boom.
6. Enter password 33271. 6. Repeat step 1 thru 5 if necessary.
7. Select Machine Set-up / Load Cell / 1= Warn Only.
8. Select Diagnostics / System / Load Cell on analyzer. 4.11 FOOTSWITCH ADJUSTMENT
9. Adjust P2 until the load = 0%.
Adjust switch so that functions will operate when pedal is
10. Place 455 LBS. in the center of the basket. at center of travel. If switch operates within last 1/4 inch
11. Adjust P1 until the load = 100%. (6.35 mm) of travel, top or bottom, it should be adjusted.
12. Verify that the overload lamp lights continuously and
the alarm sounds continuously during an overload
condition.
13. Remove weight from the basket.
15. Place 455 LBS. in the center of the basket.
17. Remove weight from the basket.
4-12 – JLG Lift – 3121829

4.12 HELAC ROTARY ACTUATOR Tools Required for Assembly/Disassembly

Upon assembly and disassembly of the actuator there
Theory Of Operation are basic tools required. The tools and their
The rotary actuator is a simple mechanism that uses the intended functions are as follows:
sliding spline operating concept to convert linear piston
motion into powerful shaft rotation. Each actuator is com- 1. Flashlight- helps examine timing marks, component
posed of a housing with integrated gear teeth (01) and failure and overall condition.
only two moving parts: the central shaft with integrated 2. Felt Marker- match mark the timing marks and out-
bearing tube and mounting flange (02), and the annular line troubled areas.
piston sleeve (03). Helical spline teeth machined on the
3. Allen wrench- removal of port plugs and setscrews.
shaft engage matching splines on the in-side diameter of
the piston. The outside diameter of the piston carries a 4. Box knife- removal of seals.
second set of splines, of opposite hand, which engage 5. Seal tool- assembly and disassembly of seals and
with matching splines in the housing. As hydraulic pres- wear guides.
sure is applied, the piston is displaced axially within the
housing -similar to the operation of a hydraulic cylinder 6. Pry bar- removal of end cap and manual rotation of
while the splines cause the shaft to rotate. When the con- shaft.
trol valve is closed, oil is trapped inside the actuator, pre- 7. Rubber mallet- removal and installation of shaft and
venting piston movement and locking the shaft in position. piston sleeve assembly.
The shaft is supported radially by the large upper radial 8. Nylon drift- installation of piston sleeve.
bearing and the lower radial bearing. Axially, the shaft is 9. End cap dowel pins- removal and installation of end
separated from the housing by the upper and lower thrust cap (sold with Helac seal kit).
washers. The end cap is adjusted for axial clearance and
locked in position by set screws or pins.
NOTE: Bars indicate starting positions of piston and shaft.

Arrows indicate direction they will rotate. The hous- The seal tool is merely a customized standard flat head-
ing with integral ring gear remains stationary. screwdriver. To make this tool you will need to heat the flat
As fluid pressure is applied, the piston is displaced end with a torch. Secure the heated end of the screwdriver
axially while the helical gearing causes the piston in a vice and physically bend the heated end to a slight
and shaft to rotate simultaneously. The double helix radius. Once the radius is achieved round off all sharp
design compounds rotation: shaft rotation is about edges of the heated end by using a grinder. There may be
twice that of the piston. some slight modifications for your own personal prefer-
ence.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-13

1. Housing 200. T-Seal 304. Thrust Washer

2. Shaft 202. T-Seal 304.1. Wiper Seal
3. Piston Sleeve 204. O-Ring 400. Stop Tube (Optional)
4. End Cap 205. Cup Seal 401. Counterbalance Valve
109. Lock Pin 207. Back-Up
113. Cap Screw 302. Wear Guide
Figure 4-12. Rotary Actuator (Exploded View)
4-14 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1. Housing 200. T-Seal 304. Thrust Washer

2. Shaft 202. T-Seal 304.1. Wiper Seal
3. Piston Sleeve 204. O-Ring 400. Stop Tube (Optional)
4. End Cap 205. Cup Seal 401. Counterbalance Valve
109. Lock Pin 207. Back-Up
113. Cap Screw 302. Wear Guide
Figure 4-13. Rotary Actuator (Cutaway View)
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-15

Disassembly 4. Install the end cap (4) removal tools provided with
the Helac seal kit.
1. Remove the cap screws (113) over end cap lock
pins (109).
5. Using a metal bar, or something similar, un-screw

the end cap (4) by turning it counter clock-wise.
2. Using a 1/8” (3.18mm) drill bit, drill a hole in the cen-
ter of each lock pin to a depth of approximately 3/
16” (4.76mm).
6. Remove the end cap (4) and set aside for later
inspection.
3. Remove the lock pins using an “Easy Out” (a size

#2 is shown). If the pin will not come out with the
“Easy Out”, use 5/16” drill bit to a depth of 1/2”
(12.7mm)todrill out the entire pin.
4-16 – JLG Lift – 3121829

7. Remove the stop tube if included. The stop tube is 9. Prior to removing the shaft, (2), use a felt marker to
an available option to limit the rotation of the actua- clearly indicate the timing marks between shaft and
tor. piston. This will greatly simplify timing during assem-
bly.
8. Every actuator has timing marks for proper engage-

ment. 10. Remove the shaft (2). It may be necessary to strike
the threaded end of the shaft with a rubber mallet.
11. Before removing the piston (3), mark the housing (1)
ring gear in relation to the piston O.D. gear. There
should now be timing marks on the housing (1) ring
gear, the piston (3) and the shaft (2).
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-17

12. To remove the piston (3) use a rubber mallet and a 15. Remove the wear guides (302) from the end cap (4)
plastic mandrel so the piston is no damaged. and shaft (2).
13. At the point when the piston gear teeth come out of 16. To remove the main pressure seals (205), it is easi-
engagement with the housing gear teeth, mark the est to cut them using a sharp razor blade being
piston and housing with a marker as shown. careful not to damage the seal groove.
14. Remove the o-ring (204) and backup ring (207) from 17. Remove the thrust washers (304), from the end cap
end cap (4) and set aside for inspection. (4) and shaft (2).
4-18 – JLG Lift – 3121829

18. Remove the wiper seal (304.1) from its groove in the Inspection
end cap (4) and shaft (2).
1. Clean all parts in a solvent tank and dry with com-
pressed air prior to inspecting. Carefully inspect all
critical areas for any surface finish abnormalities:
Seal grooves, bearing grooves, thrust surfaces, rod
surface, housing bore and gear teeth.
19. Remove the piston O.D. seal (202).
2. Inspect the thrust washers (304) for rough or worn

edges and surfaces. Measure it’s thickness to make
sure it is within specifications (Not less than 0.092”
or 2.34 mm).
20. Remove the piston I.D. seal (200). You may now pro-
ceed to the inspection process.
3. Inspect the wear guide condition and measure thick-

ness (not less than 0.123” or 3.12 mm).
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-19

Assembly 4. Using a seal tool install the main pressure seal (205)
onto shaft (2) and end cap (4). Use the seal tool in a
1. Gather all the components and tools into one loca- circular motion.
tion prior to re-assembly. Use the cut away drawing
to reference the seal orientations.
5. Install the wear guide (302) on the end cap (4) and
shaft (2).
2. Install the thrust washer (304) onto shaft (2) and end
cap (4).
3. Install the wiper seal (304.1/green O-ring) into it’s

groove on the shaft (2) and end cap (4) around the
outside edge of the thrust washer (304).
4-20 – JLG Lift – 3121829

6. Install the inner T-seal (200) into the piston (3) using 8. Insert the piston (3) into the housing (1) as shown,
a circular motion. Install the outer T-seal (202) by until the outer piston seal (202) is touching inside
stretching it around the groove in a circular motion. the housing bore.
Each T-seal has 2 back-up rings (see drawing for ori-
entation).
9. Looking from the angle shown, rotate the piston (3)

until the marks you put on the piston and the hous-
7. Beginning with the inner seal (200) insert one end of ing (1) during disassembly line up as shown. Using
b/u ring in the lower groove and feed the rest in a rubber mallet, tap the piston into the housing up to
using a circular motion. Make sure the wedged ends the point where the gear teeth meet.
overlap correctly. Repeat this step for the outer seal
(202).
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-21

10. Looking from the opposite end of the housing (1) 13. Install 2 bolts in the threaded holes in the flange.
you can see if your timing marks are lining up. When Using a bar, rotate the shaft in a clockwise direction
they do, tap the piston (3) in until the gear teeth until the wear guides are seated inside the housing
mesh together. Tap the piston into the housing the bore.
rest of the way until it bottoms out.
14. Install the stop tube onto the shaft end. Stop tube is
11. Install the shaft (2) into the piston (3). Be careful not an available option to limit the rotation of an actua-
to damage the seals. Do not engage the piston gear tor.
teeth yet.
15. Coat the threads on the end of the shaft with anti-
12. Looking from the view shown, use the existing tim- seize grease to prevent galling.
ing marks to line up the gear teeth on the shaft (2)
with the gear teeth on the inside of the piston (3).
Now tap the flange end of the shaft with a rubber
mallet until the gear teeth engage.
4-22 – JLG Lift – 3121829

16. Install the O-ring (204) and back-up ring (207) into 19. Place the lock pins (109) provided in the Helac seal
the inner seal groove on the end cap (4). kit in the holes with the dimple side up. Then, using
a punch, tap the lock pins to the bottom of the hole.
17. Thread the end cap (4) onto the shaft (2) end. Make
sure the wear guide stays in place on the end cap as 20. Insert the set screws (113) over the lock pins.
it is threaded into the housing (1). Tighten them to 25 in. lbs. (2.825 Nm).
18. Tighten the end cap (4). In most cases the original
holes for the lock pins will line up.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-23

Installing Counterbalance Valve Testing the Actuator

Refer to Figure 4-14., Rotator Counterbalance Valve. If the equipment is available, the actuator should be tested
on a hydraulic test bench. The breakaway pressure — the
1. Make sure the surface of the actuator is clean, free
pressure at which the shaft begins to rotate — should be
of any contamination and foreign debris including
approximately 400 psi (28 bar). Cycle the actuator at least
old Loctite.
25 times at 3000 psi (210 bar) pressure. After the 25 rota-
2. Make sure the new valve has the O-rings in the tions, increase the pressure to 4500 psi (315 bar) to check
counterbores of the valve to seal it to the actuator for leaks and cracks. Perform the test again at the end of
housing. the rotation in the opposite direction.
3. The bolts that come with the valve are grade 8 bolts. TESTING THE ACTUATOR FOR INTERNAL
New bolts should be installed with a new valve. Loc- LEAKAGE
tite #242 should be applied to the shank of the three If the actuator is equipped with a counterbalance valve,
bolts at the time of installation. plug the valve ports. Connect the hydraulic lines to the
4. Torque the 1/4-inch bolts 110 to 120 inch pounds housing ports. Bleed all air from the actuator (see Installa-
(12.4 to 13.5 Nm). Do not torque over 125 inch tion and Bleeding) Rotate the shaft to the end of rotation
pounds (14.1 Nm). Torque the 5/16-inch bolts 140 at 3000 psi (210 bar) and maintain pressure. Remove the
inch pounds (15.8 Nm). Do not torque over 145 inch hydraulic line from the non-pressurized side.
pounds (16.3 Nm). Continuous oil flow from the open housing port indicates
internal leakage across the piston. Replace the line and
rotate the shaft to the end of rotation in the opposite direc-
tion. Repeat the test procedure outlined above for the
other port. If there is an internal leak, disassemble, inspect
and repair.
4-24 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Figure 4-14. Rotator Counterbalance Valve
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-25

Installation and Bleeding 1. Connect a 3/16" inside diameter x 5/16" outside

diameter x 5 foot clear, vinyl drain tube to each of the
After installation of the actuator on the equipment, it is two bleed nipples. Secure them with hose clamps.
important that all safety devices such as tie rods or safety Place the vinyl tubes in a clean 5-gallon container to
cables are properly reattached. collect the purged oil. The oil can be returned to the
reservoir after this procedure is completed.
To purge air from the hydraulic lines, connect them
together to create a closed loop and pump hydraulic fluid
through them. Review the hydraulic schematic to deter-
mine which hydraulic lines to connect. The linear feet and
inside diameter of the hydraulic supply lines together with
pump capacity will determine the amount of pumping time
required to fully purge the hydraulic system.
Bleeding may be necessary if excessive backlash is exhib-
ited after the actuator is connected to the hydraulic sys-
tem. The following steps are recommended when a
minimum of two gallons (8 liters) is purged.
TYPICAL CONFIGURATION
OF ACTUATOR
2. With an operator in the platform, open both bleed

nipples 1/4 turn. Hydraulically rotate the platform to
the end of rotation (either clockwise or counterclock-
wise), and maintain hydraulic pressure. Oil with
small air bubbles will be seen flowing through the
tubes. Allow a 1/2 gallon of fluid to be purged from
the actuator.
3. Keep the fittings open and rotate the platform in the
opposite direction to the end position. Maintain
hydraulic pressure until an additional 1/4 gallon of
fluid is pumped into the container.
4. Repeat steps 2 & 3. After the last 1/2 gallon is
purged, close both bleed nipples before rotating
away from the end position.
4-26 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Troubleshooting
Problem Cause Solution

1. Shaft rotates slowly or not at all a. Insufficient torque output a. Verify correct operating pressure. Do not
exceed OEM’s pressure specifications. Load may
be above maximum capacity of the actuator.
b. Low rate of fluid flow b. Inspect ports for obstructions and hydraulic
lines for restrictions and leaks.
c. Control or counterbalance valve has internal c. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve.
leak Leave valve ports open and operate the actuator
through housing ports (do not exceed OEM’s
operating pressure). The valve must be replaced if
a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from the valve
ports.
d. Piston and/or shaft seal leak d. Remove the plug and the housing’s valve ports.
Operate the actuator through the housing ports.
Conduct the internal leakage test as described in
the Testing section on page 24 of this manual.
e. Corrosion build-up on the thrust surfaces e. Re-build the actuator. Remove all rust then pol-
ish. Replacement parts may be needed.
f. Swollen seals and composite bearings caused f. Re-build the actuator. Use fluid that is compati-
by incompatible hydraulic fluid ble with seals and bearings.
2. Operation is erratic or not responsive a. Air in actuator a. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding proce-
dures.
3. Shaft will not fully rotate a. Twisted or chipped gear teeth a. Check for gear binding. Actuator may not be
able to be re-built and may need to be replaced.
Damage could be a result of overload or shock.
b. Port fittings are obstructing the piston b. Check thread length of port fittings. Fittings
should during stroke not reach inside the housing
bore.
4. Selected position cannot be maintained a. Control or counterbalance valve has internal a. Disconnect hydraulic lines and bypass valve.
leak Leave valve ports open and operate the actuator
through housing ports (do not exceed OEM’s
operating pressure). The valve must be replaced if
a steady flow of fluid is seen coming from the valve
ports.
b. Piston and/or shaft seal leak b. Remove the plug and the housing’s valve ports.
Operate the actuator through the housing ports.
Conduct the internal leakage test as described in
the Testing section on page 24 of this manual.
c. Air in actuator c. Purge air from actuator. See bleeding proce-

dures
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-27

4.13 POWERTRACK MAINTENANCE 2. Repeat step 1 and remove the screw from the other
side of track. Remove the bar/poly roller from the
powertrack. .
Removing a Link
NOTE: Hoses shown in the powertrack are for example only.
Actual hose and cable arrangements will be differ-
ent.
1. Clamp the bar and poly roller tightly so they do not

spin when removing the screw. With a small ¼”
ratchet and a t-20 torx bit, remove the 8-32 x 0.500
screw from one side.
4-28 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3. To remove a link, the rivets holding the links together 4. insert the tool into the rolled over end of the rivet as
must be removed. Use a right-angle pneumatic die shown. Grind out the middle of the rivet until the
grinder with a ¼” ball double cut bur attachment. rolled over part of the rivet falls off. Repeat this step
for all the rivets that must be removed.
MOVE THE CABLES/HOSES OUT OF THE WAY DURING THE

GRINDING PROCESS TO PROTECT THEM. KEEP THE HOSES AND
CABLES COVERED TO PREVENT ANY DEBRIS FROM GETTING ON
THEM.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-29

5. After grinding it may be neccesary to help the rivet 6. Using a flat head screwdriver between the links,
out by using a center punch with a hammer. twist the screwdriver and pull the links apart.
NOTE: It may be necessary to loosen the fixed end brackets

from the machine in order to twist and pull the track
section enough to disconnect the links.
4-30 – JLG Lift – 3121829

7. Remove the link from the other section of the pow- Installing a New Link
ertrack using a screwdriver.
1. Squeeze the peanut cut out end of the new link into
the half-shear (female) end of the track section.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-31

2. Spread apart the half-shear (female) end of the new 3. After the new link is installed in the powertrack the
link and slide the peanut end of the track section round half-shears will not fit properly in the peanut
into it. a screwdriver may be necessary to do this. cut-outs yet.
4-32 – JLG Lift – 3121829

4. Pull the moving end out over the track so that the 6. Push pin thru center hole then slide washer on pin.
new connection is positioned in the curve of the
powertrack. In this position the round half-shears will
rotate into the peanut cut outs.
5. The parts shown below will be used to connect the

new link to the powertrack.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-33

7. Install the snap ring in the groove on the pin. Repeat NOTE: When installing snap rings make sure they are
the pin installation steps for all center holes that seated in pin groove and closed properly.
have the rivets removed.
CLOSED SNAP RING
SNAP RING NOT

CLOSED PROPERLY
8. Hold new aluminum round bar tightly, then install

new 8-32 x 0.500 self-threading torx head screw into
one end.
4-34 – JLG Lift – 3121829

NOTE: Maximum tightening torque is 18-20 in-lbs. 9. Pull up on the other end of the round bar and slide
the new poly roller onto the bar.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-35

10. Install a new 8-32 x 0.500 self threading screw on Replacing Fixed End Brackets
the other side.
1. Remove the rivets the same way as shown under the

link removal instructions.

THEM.
NOTE: When tightening screws make sure screw head is

seated against link with no space in between the link
and underside of screw head. Maximum tightening
torque is 18-20 in-lbs.
4-36 – JLG Lift – 3121829

2. Parts used: Bracket Center Pin and Center Pin Snap NOTE: When installing snap rings make sure they are
Ring. seated in pin groove and closed properly.
CLOSED SNAP RING
3. Take the new bracket and install bracket center pin

and snap ring. Repeat on the other bracket if replac-
ing it as well.
SNAP RING NOT

CLOSED PROPERLY
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-37

Replacing Moving End Brackets

THEM.
1. Remove existing pins and center rivet. Remove the

rivet the same way as shown in the link removal
instructions. Repeat on other bracket if replacing it
as well. 2. Take new bracket and install center pin with snap
ring.
4-38 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3. Install radius pins into their original locations and NOTE: When installing snap rings make sure they are
install snap rings. Repeat with other moving end if seated in pin groove and closed properly.
replacing as well.
CLOSED SNAP RING
SNAP RING NOT

CLOSED PROPERLY
4. When complete make sure that both brackets rotate

correctly.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 4-39

NOTES:
4-40 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 5. HYDRAULICS
5.1 LUBRICATING O-RINGS IN THE 2. Holding the fitting over the hydraulic oil container,
brush an even film of oil around the entire o-ring in
HYDRAULIC SYSTEM the fitting, making sure the entire o-ring is com-
When assembling connectors in the hydraulic that use o- pletely saturated.
ring fittings, it is necessary to lubricate all fittings with
hydraulic oil prior to assembly. To lubricate the fittings, use
one of the following procedures.
NOTE: All O-ring fittings must be pre-lubricated with hydrau-

lic oil prior to assembly.
Cup and Brush

The following is needed to correctly oil the o-ring in this
manner:
• A small container for hydraulic oil

• Small paint brush 3. Turn the o-ring on the other side of the fitting and
repeat the previous step, ensuring the entire o-ring
is coated with hydraulic oil.
1. Hold the fitting in one hand while using the brush

with the other hand to dip into the container.
Remove excess hydraulic oil from the brush so an
even film of oil is applied on the o-ring.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-1

Dip Method Spray Method

NOTE: This method works best with Face Seal o-rings, but This method requires a pump or trigger spray bottle.
will work for all o-ring fitting types.
1. Fill the spray bottle with hydraulic oil.
The following is needed to correctly oil the o-ring in this 2. Hold the fitting over a suitable catch can.
manner:
3. Spray the entire o-ring surface with a medium coat
• A small leak proof container of oil.
• Sponge cut to fit inside the container
• A small amount of hydraulic oil to saturate the sponge.
1. Place the sponge inside the container and add
hydraulic oil to the sponge until it is fully saturated.
2. Dip the fitting into the sponge using firm pressure.
Upon lifting the fitting, a small droplet will form and
drip from the bottom of the fitting. This should signify
an even coating of oil on the fitting.
Brush-on Method
This method requires a sealed bottle brush.
1. Fill the bottle with hydraulic oil.

2. Using slight pressure to the body of the spray bottle,
invert the bottle so the brush end is in the downward
position.
3. Brush hydraulic oil on the entire o-ring, applying an
3. O-ring Boss type fittings will require more pressure even coat of oil.
in able to immerse more of the fitting into the satu-
rated sponge. This will also cause more oil to be dis-
persed from the sponge.
5-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

5.2 CYLINDERS - THEORY OF OPERATION activate cylinder through one complete cycle and
check for leaks. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8
drops per minute or more, cylinder repairs must be
Double Acting Cylinder made.
(Upper Boom Lift, Mid Boom Lift, Lower Boom Lift, Tele-
scope, Slave, Master, Rotator, and Steer) Cylinders With Single Counterbalance Valve
(Upper Lift Cylinder)
A double acting cylinder is one that requires oil flow to
operate the cylinder rod in both directions. Directing oil
(by actuating the corresponding control valve to the pis-
ton side of the cylinder) forces the piston to travel toward
OPERATE ALL FUNCTIONS FROM GROUND CONTROL STATION
the rod end of the barrel, extending the cylinder rod (pis-
ONLY.
ton attached to rod). When the oil flow is stopped, move-
ment of the rod will stop. By directing oil to the rod side of
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate
the cylinder, the piston will be forced in the opposite direc-
hydraulic system.
tion and the cylinder rod will retract.
Holding valves are used in the Lift circuits to prevent
retraction of the cylinder rod should a hydraulic line rup-
WHEN WORKING ON THE UPPER BOOM LIFT CYLINDER RAISE
ture or leak develop between the cylinder and its related
THE UPPER BOOM TO HORIZONTAL AND PLACE A BOOM PROP
control valve.
APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) BELOW THE MAIN BOOM. IF
WORKING ON LOWER BOOM LIFT CYLINDER, RAISE LOWER
5.3 CYLINDER CHECKING PROCEDURES BOOM HALFWAY, FULLY ELEVATE UPPER BOOM AND ATTACH
OVERHEAD CRANE TO THE UPRIGHT FOR SUPPORT, LEAVING
NOTE: Cylinder checks must be performed any time a cylin- APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) OF SLACK IN CHAIN OR
der component is replaced or when improper system SLING FOR TEST PURPOSES.
operation is suspected.
2. After completing the above, shut down hydraulic
system and allow machine to sit for 10-15 minutes.
Cylinder Without Counterbalance Valves This is done to relieve pressure in the hydraulic
(Steer, Master, and Rotate Cylinders) lines. Carefully remove hydraulic hoses from appro-
priate cylinder port block.
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate 3. There will be initial weeping of hydraulic fluid, which
hydraulic system and fully extend cylinder to be
can be caught in a suitable container. After the initial
checked. Shut down hydraulic system.
discharge, there should not be any further leakage
2. Carefully disconnect hydraulic hose from retract port from the ports. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8
of cylinder. There will be initial weeping of hydraulic drops per minute or more, the following cylinder
fluid which can be caught in a suitable container. repairs must be made. If the retract port is leaking,
After initial discharge, there should be no further the piston is leaking, the piston seals are defective
leakage from the retract port. and must be replaced. If the extend port is leaking,
the counterbalance is defective and must be
3. Activate hydraulic system, and activate cylinder replaced.
extend function.
4. If no repairs are necessary or when repairs have
4. If cylinder retract port leakage is less than 6-8 drops been made, carefully reconnect hydraulic hoses to
per minute, carefully reconnect hose to retract port the appropriate ports.
and retract cylinder. If leakage continues at a rate of
6-8 drops per minute or more, cylinder repairs must 5. Remove boom prop/overhead crane, activate
be made. hydraulic system and run cylinder through complete
cycle to check for leaks and operation.
5. With cylinder fully retracted, shut down motor and
carefully disconnect hydraulic hose from cylinder
extend port.
6. Activate hydraulic system and activate cylinder
retract function. Check extend port for leakage.
7. If extend port leakage is less than 6-8 drops per min-
ute, carefully reconnect hose to extend port, then
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-3

Cylinders With Dual Counterbalance Valve 5.4 CYLINDER REPAIR

(Lower Lift, Mid Lift, Telescope, and Slave Cylinders) NOTE: The following are general procedures that apply to
all of the cylinders on this machine. Procedures that
apply to a specific cylinder will be so noted.
OPERATE ALL FUNCTIONS FROM GROUND CONTROL STATION

ONLY.
Disassembly
1. Using all applicable safety precautions, activate

hydraulic system. DISASSEMBLY OF THE CYLINDER SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON A
CLEAN WORK SURFACE IN A DIRT FREE WORK AREA.
WHEN WORKING ON THE UPPER BOOM LIFT CYLINDER RAISE 1. Connect a suitable auxiliary hydraulic power source
THE UPPER BOOM TO HORIZONTAL AND PLACE A BOOM PROP to the cylinder port block fitting.
APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) BELOW THE MAIN BOOM. IF
WORKING ON LOWER BOOM LIFT CYLINDER, RAISE LOWER
BOOM HALFWAY, FULLY ELEVATE UPPER BOOM AND ATTACH DO NOT FULLY EXTEND CYLINDER TO THE END OF STROKE.
OVERHEAD CRANE TO THE UPRIGHT FOR SUPPORT, LEAVING RETRACT CYLINDER SLIGHTLY TO AVOID TRAPPING PRES-
APPROXIMATELY 1 INCH (2.54 CM) OF SLACK IN CHAIN OR SURE.
SLING FOR TEST PURPOSES.
2. Operate the hydraulic power source and extend the
2. When working on the platform slave cylinder, stroke cylinder. Shut down and disconnect the power
platform slave level cylinder forward until platform source. Adequately support the cylinder rod, if appli-
sits at a 45 degree angle. cable.
3. After completing the above, shut down hydraulic 3. If applicable, remove the cartridge-type holding
system and allow machine to sit for 10-15 minutes. valve and fittings from the cylinder port block. Dis-
This is done to relieve pressure in the hydraulic card o-rings.
lines. Carefully remove hydraulic hoses from appro-
priate cylinder port block. 4. Place the cylinder barrel into a suitable holding fix-
ture.
4. There will be initial weeping of hydraulic fluid, which
can be caught in a suitable container. After the initial
discharge, there should not be any further leakage
from the ports. If leakage continues at a rate of 6-8
drops per minute or more, the following cylinder
repairs must be made. If the retract port is leaking,
the piston is leaking, the piston seals are defective
and must be replaced. If the extend port is leaking,
the counterbalance is defective and must be
replaced.
5. To check piston seals, carefully remove the counter-
balance valve from the retract port. After initial dis-
charge there should not be any further leakage from
the ports. If leakage occurs at a rate of 6-8 drops per
minute or more, the piston seals are defective and
must be replaced.
6. If no repairs are necessary or when repairs have Figure 5-1. Cylinder Barrel Support
been made, carefully reconnect hydraulic hoses to
the appropriate ports. 5. Mark cylinder head and barrel with a center punch
for easy realignment. Using an allen wrench, loosen
7. Remove boom prop/overhead crane, activate
hydraulic system and run cylinder through complete
cycle to check for leaks and operation.
5-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

the cylinder head retainer cap screws, and remove 10. Loosen and remove the cap screw(s), if applicable,
cap screws from cylinder barrel. which attach the tapered bushing to the piston.
11. Insert the cap screw(s) in the threaded holes in the
outer piece of the tapered bushing. Progressively
tighten the cap screw(s) until the bushing is loose
on the piston.
12. Remove the bushing from the piston.
Figure 5-2. Capscrew Removal
NOTE: Steps 6 applies only to the lower lift and telescope

cylinders.
6. Using a spanner wrench, loosen the end cap or

head retainer, and remove from cylinder barrel.
7. Attach a suitable pulling device to the cylinder rod
port block end or cylinder rod end, as applicable. Figure 5-4. Tapered Bushing Removal
13. Screw the piston CCW, by hand, and remove the

EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN REMOVING THE CYL- piston from cylinder rod.
INDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-
CENTER, WHICH COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND 14. Remove and discard the piston o-rings, seal rings,
CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES. and backup rings.
15. Remove piston spacer, if applicable, from the rod.
8. With the barrel clamped securely, apply pressure to
the rod pulling device and carefully withdraw the 16. Remove the rod from the holding fixture. Remove
complete rod assembly from the cylinder barrel. the cylinder head gland and retainer plate, if applica-
ble. Discard the o-rings, back-up rings, rod seals,
and wiper seals.
Cleaning and Inspection

1. Clean all parts thoroughly in an approved cleaning
solvent.
2. Inspect the cylinder rod for scoring, tapering, ovality,
or other damage. If necessary, dress rod with
Scotch Brite or equivalent. Replace rod if necessary.
3. Inspect threaded portion of rod for excessive dam-
age. Dress threads as necessary.
4. Inspect inner surface of cylinder barrel tube for scor-
ing or other damage. Check inside diameter for
tapering or ovality. Replace if necessary.
Figure 5-3. Cylinder Rod Support 5. Inspect threaded portion of barrel for damage. Dress
threads as necessary.
9. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in 6. Inspect piston surface for damage and scoring and
a vise or similar holding fixture as close to the piston for distortion. Dress piston surface or replace piston
as possible. as necessary.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-5

7. Inspect threaded portion of piston for damage. 17. If applicable, inspect piston rings for cracks or other
Dress threads as necessary. damage. Replace as necessary.
8. Inspect seal and o-ring grooves in piston for burrs
and sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as nec-
Assembly
essary. NOTE: Prior to cylinder assembly, ensure that the proper
9. Inspect cylinder head inside diameter for scoring or cylinder seal kit is used. See your JLG Parts Manual.
other damage and for ovality and tapering. Replace
as necessary. Apply a light film of hydraulic oil to all components
prior to assembly.
10. Inspect threaded portion of head for damage. Dress
threads as necessary. 1. A special tool is used to install a new rod seal into
11. Inspect seal and o-ring grooves in head for burrs the applicable cylinder head gland groove.
and sharp edges. Dress applicable surfaces as nec-
essary.
12. Inspect cylinder head outside diameter for scoring
or other damage and ovality and tapering. Replace
as necessary.
13. If applicable, inspect rod and barrel bearings for
signs of correct excessive wear or damage. Replace
as necessary.
a. Thoroughly clean hole, (steel bushing) of burrs,
dirt etc. to facilitate bearing installation.
b. Inspect steel bushing for wear or other damage.
If steel bushing is worn or damaged, rod/barrel
must be replaced.
c. Lubricate inside of the steel bushing with WD40
prior to bearing installation.
d. Using an arbor of the correct size, carefully
press the bearing into steel bushing. Figure 5-6. Rod Seal Installation
NOTE: Install pin into the Gar-Max bearing dry. Lubrication

is not required with nickel plated pins and bearings.
WHEN INSTALLING "POLY-PAK" PISTON SEALS, ENSURE SEALS
ARE INSTALLED PROPERLY. REFER TO WIPER SEAL INSTALLA-
TION FOR CORRECT SEAL ORIENTATION. IMPROPER SEAL
INSTALLATION COULD RESULT IN CYLINDER LEAKAGE AND
IMPROPER CYLINDER OPERATION.
2. Use a soft mallet to tap a new wiper seal into the

applicable cylinder head gland groove. Install a new
Figure 5-5. Gar-Max Bearing Installation
14. Inspect travel limiting collar or spacer for burrs and

sharp edges. If necessary, dress inside diameter
surface with Scotch Brite or equivalent.
15. If applicable, inspect port block fittings and holding
valve. Replace as necessary.
16. Inspect the oil ports for blockage or the presence of
dirt or other foreign material. Repair as necessary.
5-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

wear ring into the applicable cylinder head gland backup rings are to be positioned so as not to be in
groove. alignment with each other.
Figure 5-7. Wiper Seal Installation
3. Place a new o-ring and back-up seal in the applica-

ble outside diameter groove of the cylinder head.
Figure 5-9. Piston Seal Kit Installation
8. Using suitable protection, clamp the cylinder rod in

a vise or similar holding fixture as close to piston as
possible.
Figure 5-8. Installation of Head Seal Kit
9. Carefully thread the piston on the cylinder rod hand
tight, ensuring that the o-ring and back-up rings are
4. Install washer ring onto rod, carefully install the head not damaged or dislodged.
gland on the rod, ensuring that the wiper and rod
seals are not damaged or dislodged. Push the head 10. Thread piston onto rod until it abuts the spacer end
along the rod to the rod end, as applicable. and install the tapered bushing.
5. Carefully slide the piston spacer on the rod. NOTE: When installing the tapered bushing, piston and mat-
ing end of rod must be free of oil.
6. If applicable, correctly place new o-ring in the inner
piston diameter groove. (The backup ring side fac-
ing the O-ring is grooved.)
7. If applicable, correctly place new seals and guide WHEN REBUILDING THE STEER, LOWER LIFT, LEVEL CYLINDER,
lock rings in the outer piston diameter groove. (A OR UPPER LIFT CYLINDER, APPLY LOCTITE #242 TO TAPERED
tube, with I.D. slightly larger than the O.D.of the pis- BUSHING BOLTS, THEN TIGHTEN SECURELY.
ton is recommended to install the solid seal.)
11. Assemble the tapered bushing loosely into the pis-
NOTE: The backup rings for the solid seal have a radius on ton and insert JLG capscrews (not vendor cap-
one side. This side faces the solid seal.(See magni-
fied insert in Figure 5-9.)The split of seals and
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-7

screws) through the drilled holes in the bushing and b. Tap each space once; this means the tapered
into the tapped holes in the piston. bushing is tapped 3 times as there are 3 spaces
between the capscrews.
Figure 5-10. Tapered Bushing Installation Figure 5-11. Seating the Tapered Bearing
12. Tighten the capscrews evenly and progressively in 14. Retorque the capscrews evenly and progressively in
rotation to the specified torque value. (See Table 5-1, rotation to the specified torque value. (See Table 5-1,
Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque Specifi- Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque Specifi-
cations.) cations.)
13. After the screws have been torqued, tap the tapered 15. Remove the cylinder rod from the holding fixture.
bushing with a hammer (16 to 24 oz.) and brass
shaft (approximately 3/4" in diameter) as follows; 16. Place new guide locks and seals in the applicable
outside diameter grooves of the cylinder piston.
a. Place the shaft against the cylinder rod and in (See Figure 5-9., Piston Seal Kit Installation)
contact with the bushing in the spaces between
the capscrews.
Figure 5-12. Poly-Pak Piston Seal Installation
5-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

17. Position the cylinder barrel in a suitable holding fix- Table 5-1.Cylinder Head and Tapered Bushing Torque
ture. Specifications
Head Torque Value Tapered Bushing

Description
(Wet) Torque Value (Wet)
EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN WHEN INSTALLING THE CYL-
Jib Cylinder 30 ft. lbs 5 ft. lbs.
INDER ROD, HEAD, AND PISTON. AVOID PULLING THE ROD OFF-
(41 Nm) (7 Nm)
CENTER, WHICH COULD CAUSE DAMAGE TO THE PISTON AND
CYLINDER BARREL SURFACES. Level Cylinder 30 ft. lbs 5 ft. lbs.
(M450AJ) (41 Nm) (7 Nm)
18. With barrel clamped securely, and while adequately Master Cylinder 30 ft. lbs. 5 ft. lbs.
supporting the rod, insert the piston end into the (M450AJ) (41 Nm) (7 Nm)
barrel cylinder. Ensure that the piston loading o-ring
and seal ring are not damaged or dislodged. Table 5-2. Cylinder Piston Nut Torque Specifications)
19. Continue pushing the rod into the barrel until the cyl-
inder head gland can be inserted into the barrel cyl- Nut Torque Valve Setscrew Torque
Description
inder. (Wet) Value (Dry)
20. Secure the cylinder head gland using the washer Upper 200 ft. lbs. 100 in. lbs.
ring and socket head bolts. Lift Cylinder (270 Nm) (11 Nm)
Mid 400 ft. lbs. 100 in. lbs.

Lift Cylinder (542 Nm) (11 Nm)
Lower 400 ft. lbs. 100 in. lbs.

Lift Cylinder (542 Nm) (11 Nm)
Level Cylinder 80 ft. lbs. 100 in. lbs.

(M450 A) (108 Nm) (11 Nm)
Master Cylinder (M450A) 80 ft. lbs. 100 in. lbs.

(108 Nm) (11 Nm)
Table 5-3. Holding Valve Torque Specifications

Figure 5-13. Rod Assembly Installation
Description Torque Value
21. After the cylinder has been reassembled, the rod
should be pushed all the way in (fully retracted) prior SUN - 7/8 HEX M20 X 1.5 THDS. 30-35 ft. lbs.
to the reinstallation of any holding valve or valves. (41-48 Nm)
22. If applicable, install the cartridge-type holding valve SUN - 1 1/8 HEX 1 -14 UNS THDS. 45-50 ft. lbs.
and fittings in the rod port block, using new o-rings (61-68 Nm)
as applicable. (See Table 5-3, Holding Valve Torque
SUN - 1 1/4 HEX M36 X 2 THDS. 150-160 ft. lbs.
Specifications).
(204-217 Nm)
RACINE - 1 1/8 HEX 1 1/16 - 12 THDS. 50-55 ft. lbs.

IF THE CYLINDER IS TO BE TESTED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION ON (68-75 Nm)
THE MACHINE, EXTREME CARE SHOULD BE USED TO INSURE RACINE - 1 3/8 HEX 1 3/16 - 12 THDS. 75-80 ft. lbs.
THAT THE OUTER END OF THE ROD IS SUPPORTED. USE EITHER (102-109 Nm)
A TRAVELING OVERHEAD HOIST, FORK-LIFT, OR OTHER MEANS
TO SUPPORT THE OVERHANGING WEIGHT OF THE EXTENDING RACINE - 1 7/8 HEX 1 5/8 - 12 THDS. 100-110 ft. lbs.
ROD. (136-149 Nm)
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-9

7
27
13
13
10
6
18
19
25
19
18
5
14
16
20
22
17
9
21 23
3*,4*,24
12
26
11
8
*Prior to S/N 0300106518
1683779-E
1. Loctite #242 7. Bearing 13. O-ring Plug 19. Wear Ring 25. Seal
2. Loctite #222 8. Bushing 14. Piston 20. Wear Ring 26. Bolt
3. Primer #7471 9. Cylinder Head 15. Not Used 21. O-ring 27. Valve Car-
4. Loctite RC 609 10. Barrel 16. Backup Ring 22. O-ring tridge
5. Bolt 11. Cylinder Rod 17. Backup Ring 23. Seal
6. Tapered Bushing 12. Washer Ring 18. Seal Ring 24. Wiper
Figure 5-14. Jib Cylinder
5-10 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1. Barrel 7. Tube Spacer 13. O-ring 19. Loctite #242

2. Cylinder Rod 8. Holding Valve 14. O-ring 20. Loctite #222
3. Retainer 9. Setscrew 15. Wear Ring 21. Pipe Sealant
4. Piston 10. Pipe Plug 16. Rod Seal 22. Holding Valve
5. Cylinder Head 11. T-Seal 17. Wiper 23. Plug
6. Hex Nut 12. Wear Ring 18. Locking Primer
Figure 5-15. Level Cylinder - A Models
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-11

1. Loctite #242 7. Cylinder Rod 13. Wear Ring 19. Backup Ring
2. Primer #7471 8. Barrel 14. Backup Ring 20. Seal
3. Socket Head Bolt 9. Washer Ring 15. O-ring 21. Valve Cartridge
4. Tapered Bushing 10. Piston 16. O-ring 22. Valve Cartridge
5. Bushing 11. Not Used 17. Wiper 23. Bolt
6. Cylinder Head 12. Lock Ring 18. Seal
Figure 5-16. Level Cylinder - AJ & AJP Models
5-12 – JLG Lift – 3121829

23
E/M 450AJ 9
8
1B
1C
23
E/M 450 A 1A
1D
1E
11
10
6
20 8
22
13 10
12
13
4
14
7
16
15
5
17
18
3
21
1683711-A
1683826-A
23 1683939-B
1. Barrel 7. Tube Spacer 13. Wear Ring 19. Not Used

2. Cylinder Rod 8. Holding Valve 14. O-ring 20. Loctite #242
3. Retainer 9. Holding Valve 15. Wear Ring 21. Loctite #222
4. Piston 10. Pipe Plug 16. O-ring 22. Locking Primer
5. Cylinder Head 11. Setscrew 17. Rod Seal 23. Bushing
6. Hex Nut 12. Piston Seal 18. Wiper
Figure 5-17. Lower Lift Cylinder
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-13

25
E/M 450AJ 9
10
1B
1C
25
E/M 450A
1A
1D
1E
9
12 11
11
10
6
20
22
13
14
13
4
15
7
8
17
18
16
5
19
20
3
23
2
1683713-A
25 1683825-A
1683942-C
1684057-B
1. Barrel 6. Hex Nut 11. Plug 16. Not Used 21. Loctite #242
2. Cylinder Rod 7. Washer 12. Setscrew 17. O-ring 22. Loctite #222
3. Retainer 8. Spacer 13. Lock Ring 18. Backup Ring 23. Locking Primer
4. Piston 9. Holding Valve 14. Piston Seal 19. Rod Seal 24. Not Used
5. Cylinder Head 10. Holding Valve 15. Not Used 20. Rod Wiper 25. Bushing
Figure 5-18. Mid Lift Cylinder
5-14 – JLG Lift – 3121829

23
1
23
11 10
9
6
20
21 20
13 12
14
13
4
15
7
17
16
5
18
19
3
22
23
1683708-B
23 1683813-A
1683945-C
1684061-C
1. Barrel 6. Hex Nut 11. Setscrew 16. Wear Ring 21. Locking Primer
2. Cylinder Rod 7. Tube Spacer 12. Setscrew 17. O-ring 22. Loctite #222
3. End Cap 8. Not Used 13. Wear Ring 18. Seal 23. Bushing
4. Piston 9. Holding Valve 14. Seal 19. Wiper
5. Cylinder Head 10. O-ring Plug 15. O-ring 20. Loctite #242
Figure 5-19. Upper Lift Cylinder
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-15

1. Barrel 6. Hex Nut 11. O-ring 16. Locking Primer

2. Cylinder Rod 7. Tube Spacer 12. O-ring 17. Loctite #242
3. Retainer 8. Setscrew 13. Wear Ring 18. Loctite #222
4. Piston 9. T-Seal 14. Rod Seal
5. Cylinder Head 10. Wear Ring 15. Rod Wiper
Figure 5-20. Master Cylinder - A Models
5-16 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1. Loctite #242 6. Piston 11. Not Used 16. O-ring 21. Bolt
2. Locking Primer 7. Washer 12. Lock Ring 17. Wiper
3. Bolt 8. Head 13. Wear Ring 18. Seal
4. Tapered Bushing 9. Barrel 14. Backup Ring 19. Backup Ring
5. Bushing 10. Cylinder Rod 15. O-ring 20. Seal
Figure 5-21. Master Cylinder - AJ Models
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-17

1. Wiper 6. Backup Ring 11. Piston 16. Rod

2. Spanner Nut 7. O-ring 12. Wear Ring 17. Rod
3. Retaining Ring 8. Guide 13. Seal
4. Lip Seal 9. Barrel 14. O-ring
5. Wear Ring 10. Tube 15. O-ring
Figure 5-22. Steer Cylinder
5-18 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1. Barrel 7. Bolt 13. Cap Seal 19. Loctite #242 25. Fitting
2. Rod 8. Plug 14. O-Ring 20. Not Used 26. Cap
3. Piston 9. Setscrew 15. Wear Ring 21. Fitting 27. Lockwasher
4. Head 10. Locknut 16. O-ring 22. Cap
5. Spacer 11. Retaining Ring 17. Rod Seal 23. O-Ring Plug
6. Counterbalance Valve 12. Wear Ring 18. Wiper 24. Bolt
* Torque to 150 foot-pounds (203 Nm)
** Torque to 19 foot-pounds (26 Nm)
Figure 5-23. Telescope Cylinder
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-19

5.5 PRESSURE SETTING PROCEDURES Platform Level Up Relief

Cold temperatures have a significant impact on pressure 1. On machines prior to S/N 0300062642, install the
readings.JLG Industries Inc. recommends operating the pressure gauge at the “G” port on Main Control
machine until hydraulic system has warmed to normal valve, activate and bottom out Platform Level Up.
operating temperatures prior to checking pressures. We
also recommend using a calibrated gauge. Pressure read- On machines S/N 0300062642 to present, install the
ings are acceptable if within +/- 5% of specified pres- pressure gauge at the "B2" port on the back of the
sures. Main Control Valve, activate and bottom out Platform
Level Up.
Main Relief
1. Install pressure gauge at port “G” on Steer/Brake
valve.
2. Activate and bottom out either Upper or Lower Lift
Up. Adjust Main Relief to value given in Table 5-4,
Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 or Table
5-5, Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to Present.
Upper Lift Down Relief

1. With pressure gauge at “G” port on main valve, acti-
vate and bottom out Upper Lift Down.
LC LR
2. Adjust Upper Lift Relief to value given in Table 5-4,

Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 or Table T1
5-5, Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to Present.. LL LU
Lower Lift Down Relief P R

vate and bottom out Mid/Lower Lift Down. TR TC
2. Adjust Mid/Lower Lift Relief to value given in Table 5-

4, Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 or L
Table 5-5, Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to T2
Present.. R2 R1
B2
Telescope Relief B1 17

S2
vate and bottom out Telescope In. S1
2. Adjust Telescope Relief to value given in Table 5-4,

Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 or Table 2. Adjust Platform Level Up Relief to value given in
5-5, Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to Present.. Table 5-4, Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N
0300062642 or Table 5-5, Pressure Settings - S/N
0300062642 to Present.
5-20 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Platform Level Down Relief Steer Relief

1. On machines prior to S/N 0300062642, install the 1. With pressure gauge at “G” port on steer/brake
pressure gauge at the “G” port on Main Control valve, activate and bottom out Steer Left or Right.
valve, activate and bottom out Platform Level Down.
2. Adjust Steer Relief to value given in Table 5-4, Pres-
sure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 or Table 5-5,
On machines S/N 0300062642 to present, install the
Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to Present.
pressure gauge at the "B1" port on the back of the
Main Control Valve, activate and bottom out Platform 3. Shut down hydraulic system and remove pressure
Level Down. gauge.
Jib Lift (Up and Down) Relief

1. Install the pressure gauge at the at the "G" port on
the Main Control valve, activate and bottom out jib
up or down.
2. Adjust the Jib LIft pressure to the value given in
Table 5-4, Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N
Releveling Valve Relief

LC LR
1. Install a pressure gauge at port "G" on the main
T1 valve.
LL LU
2. Adjust the lower lift down pressure relief to the value
given in Table 5-4, Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N
P R 0300062642 or Table 5-5, Pressure Settings - S/N
TR TC 3. With the lower boom lowered all the way, pull the red
releveling knob and activate lower lift down.
L 4. Adjust the releveling pressure relief to the value
T2 given in Table 5-4, Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N
R2 R1 0300062642 or Table 5-5, Pressure Settings - S/N
B2 0300062642 to Present. Turning clockwise increases
B1 17
the pressure and turning counterclockwise
decreases pressure. The relief valve is located
S2 directly below the red releveling knob.
S1
2. Adjust Platform Level Down Relief to value given in

Table 5-4, Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-21

Table 5-4. Pressure Settings - Prior to S/N 0300062642 Table 5-5. Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to Present
Circuit PSI Bar Circuit PSI Bar
Main Control Valve Main Control Valve

Lift Down Relief 550 38 Lift Down Relief 800 55
Tower Lift Down Relief 1700 117 Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450AJ) 1700 117
Prior to S/N 86022
Telescope In Relief (A/AJ) 2150 148
Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450AJ) 2600 179
Telescope In Relief (AJP) 3000 207 S/N 86022 to Present
Platform Level Up Relief 2500 172 Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450A) 1700 117
Prior to S/N 91053
Platform Level Down Relief 1500 103
Tower Lift Down Relief (E/M450A) 2600 179
Brake/Steer Valve S/N 91053 to Present
Steer Relief 2300 159 Telescope Relief (A) 3000 207
Main Relief - E450A/M450A 3200 221 Telescope Relief (AJ & AJP) 3100 214
Main Relief - E450AJ/M450AJ 3400 234 Platform Level Up Relief 3000 207
Jib Valve Platform Level Down Relief 1200 83
Jib Relief (Up and Down) 1500 103 Brake/Steer Valve
Releveling Valve Steer Relief 2300 159
Releveling Relief 1200 83 Main Relief - E450A/M450A 3200 221
Jib Valve
Releveling Valve

Prior to S/N 86022


Prior to S/N 91053

Figure 5-24. Jib Valve Location
5-22 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Figure 5-25. Brake/Steer Valve Components
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-23

Figure 5-26. Main Valve Components Prior to S/N 62642
5-24 – JLG Lift – 3121829

EMERGENCY DESCENT
VALVE EMERGENCY DESCENT
HAND PUMP
UPPER LIFT
DOWN RELIEF
LOWER LIFT
DOWN RELIEF
GAUGE PORT
TELESCOPE
RELIEF
RELEVELING
VALVE
PLATFORM
LEVEL RELIEF
(BACKWARD)
RELEVELING
RELIEF
PLATFORM
LEVEL RELIEF
(FORWARD)
Figure 5-27. Main Valve Components S/N 62642 to Present
3121829 – JLG Lift – 5-25

NOTES:
5-26 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 6. JLG CONTROL SYSTEM
6.1 JLG CONTROL SYSTEM ANALYZER KIT

INSTRUCTIONS
Figure 6-1. Control Module Location
Introduction
IT IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELEC-
TRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. SHOULD PRESSURE-
WHEN INSTALLING A NEW POWER MODULE CONTROLLER ON WASHING BE UTILIZED TO WASH AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRI-
THE MACHINE, IT WILL BE NECESSARY TO PROGRAM THE CON- CAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUSTRIES, INC. REC-
TROLLER FOR THE PROPER MACHINE CONFIGURATION, INCLUD- OMMENDS A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A
ING OPTIONS. MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES (30.5 CM) AWAY FROM
THESE COMPONENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPO-
NENTS ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND BE
FOR BRIEF TIME PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SATURATION.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-1

The JLG designed Control System is a 48 volt based To Connect the JLG Control System Analyzer
motor control unit installed on the boom lift.
1. Connect the four pin end of the cable supplied with
The JLG Control System has reduced the need for
the analyzer, to the motor controller module located
exposed terminal strips, diodes and trimpots and provides
in the platform box or at the power module and con-
simplicity in viewing and adjusting the various personality
nect the remaining end of the cable to the analyzer.
settings for smooth control of: acceleration, deceleration,
creep and max.-speed for all boom, drive, and steering NOTE: The cable has a four pin connector at each end of
functions. the cable; the cable cannot be connected back-
wards.
The upper lift, swing, and drive are controlled by individual
2. Power up the Control System by turning the lower
joysticks, with steering being controlled by a rocker switch
key to the platform or ground position and pulling
built into the top the drive joystick. To activate Drive, Lift,
both emergency stop buttons on.
and Swing simply pull up on the slide lock location on the
joystick and move the handle into the direction desired.
Using the Analyzer
The motor controller will control current output, as pro-
With the machine power on and the analyzer connected
grammed for smooth operation and maximum cycle time.
properly, the analyzer will display the following:
Ground control speeds for all boom functions can also be
programmed into the motor controller. The motor control-
ler also features an adjustable time limit for positive trac-
tion.
The JLG Control System controller has a built in LED to HELP:
indicate any faults. The system stores recent faults which PRESS ENTER
may be accessed for troubleshooting. Optional equip-
ment includes an hour meter, beacon light, function cut-
out, and ground alarm. These options may be added later
but must be programmed into the motor controller when
installed.
The Control System may be accessed in one of two ways:
Utilizing a custom designed, hand held analyzer (Ana-
lyzer, JLG part no. 1600244 & Cable, JLG part no.
1600633) which will display two lines of information at a
time, by scrolling through the program.
NOTE: Each module has a label with the JLG part number
and a serial number which contains a date code.
The following instructions are for using the hand held ana-
lyzer.
HELP:
PRESS ENTER
At this point, using the RIGHT and LEFT arrow keys, you
can move between the top level menu items. To select a
displayed menu item, press ENTER. To cancel a selected
menu item, press ESC.; then you will be able to scroll
using the right and left arrow keys to select a different
menu item.
6-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

The top level menus are as follows: Pressing ENTER with any of the above displayed menus,
will display additional sub-menus within the selected
HELP
menu. In some cases, such as DRIVE, the next level is the
DIAGNOSTICS
parameter or information to be changed. Refer to the flow
ACTIVATE TEST
chart for what menus are available within the top level
ACCESS LEVEL
menus. You may only view the personality settings for
PERSONALITIES
selected menus while in access level 2. Remember, you
MACHINE SETUP
may always cancel a selected menu item by pressing the
LEVEL VEHICLE (level 1 only)
ESC. key.
CALIBRATIONS (view only)
If you press ENTER, at the HELP: PRESS ENTER display, Changing the Access Level of the Hand Held
and a fault is present, the analyzer display will scroll the Analyzer
fault across the screen. If there was no fault detected, the
display will read: HELP: EVERYTHING OK. If powered up When the analyzer is first connected, you will be in access
at the ground station, the display will read: GROUND OK. level 2 which enables you to only view most settings
which cannot be changed until you enter a password to
If ENTER is pressed again, the display moves to the fol- advance to a lower level. This ensures that a setting can-
lowing display: not be accidentally altered. To change the access level,
the correct password must be entered. To enter the pass-
word, scroll to the ACCESS LEVEL menu. For example:
LOGGED HELP
1: STARTUP ( 2/ 1)
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 2
LOGGED HELP
1: STARTUP (2/1)
At this point, the analyzer will display the last fault the sys- MENU:
tem has seen, if any are present. You may scroll through ACCESS LEVEL 2
the fault logs to view what the last 25 faults were. Use the Press ENTER to select the ACCESS LEVEL menu.
right and left arrow keys to scroll through the fault logs. To
return to the beginning, press ESC. two times. STARTUP Using the UP or DOWN arrow keys, enter the first digit of
(2/1) indicates a power up. the password, 3.
When a top level menu is selected, a new set of menu Then using the RIGHT arrow key, position the cursor to
items may be offered: for example: the right one space to enter the second digit of the pass-
word.
DRIVE
BOOM Use the UP or DOWN arrow key to enter the second digit
SYSTEM of the password which is 33271.
DATALOG
VERSIONS
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-3

Once the correct password is displayed, press ENTER. Adjusting Parameters Using the Hand Held
The access level should display the following, if the pass-
word was entered correctly: Analyzer
Once you have gained access to level 1, and a personality
item is selected, press the UP or DOWN arrow keys to
adjust its value, for example:
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 1
PERSONALITIES:
DRIVE ACCEL 1.0s
MENU:
ACCESS LEVEL 1
Repeat the above steps if the correct access level is not
displayed or you can not adjust the personality settings. PERSONALITIES:
DRIVE ACCEL 1.0s
There will be a minimum and maximum for the value to
ensure efficient operation. The Value will not increase if
the UP arrow is pressed when at the maximum value nor
will the value decrease if the DOWN arrow is pressed and
the value is at the minimum value for any particular per-
sonality. If the value does not change when pressing the
up and won arrows, check the access level to ensure you
are at access level 1.
6-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Machine Setup There is a setting that JLG strongly recommends that you
do not change. This setting is so noted below:
When a machine digit item is selected, press the UP or
DOWN arrow keys to adjust its value, for example: ELEVATION CUTBACK
CHANGING THIS SETTING MAY ADVERSELY AFFECT THE PER-

GROUND ALARM: FORMANCE OF YOUR MACHINE.
2=DRIVE
ITS IS A GOOD PRACTICE TO AVOID PRESSURE-WASHING ELEC-

TRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS. SHOULD PRESSURE-
WASHING BE UTILIZED TO WASH AREAS CONTAINING ELECTRI-
CAL/ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS, JLG INDUSTRIES INC. RECOM-
MENDS A MAXIMUM PRESSURE OF 750 PSI (52 BAR) AT A
MINIMUM DISTANCE OF 12 INCHES (30.5CM) AWAY FROM
THESE COMPONENTS. IF ELECTRICAL/ELECTRONIC COMPO-
NENTS ARE SPRAYED, SPRAYING MUST NOT BE DIRECT AND BE
FOR BRIEF TIME PERIODS TO AVOID HEAVY SATURATION.
GROUND ALARM:
2 = DRIVE
The effect of the machine digit value is displayed along
with its value. The above display would be selected if the
machine was equipped with a ground alarm and you
wanted it to sound when driving. There are certain set-
tings allowed to install optional features or select the
machine model.
When selection the machine model to match the size of
the machine, the personality settings will all default to the
factory recommended setting.
NOTE: Refer to Table 6-1, Personality Ranges/Defaults, and

Table 6-2, Machine Setup Descriptions in this Ser-
vice Manual for the recommended factory settings.
NOTE: Password 33271 will give you access to level 1,

which will permit you to change all machine person-
ality settings.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-5

Machine Personality Settings NOTE: Personality settings can be adjusted within the
adjustment range in order to achieve optimum
machine performance.
Table 6-1. Personality Ranges/Defaults
FUNCTION PERSONALITY RANGE DEFAULTS
DRIVE ACCELeration 0.5s to 5.0s 1.0
DECELeration 0.1s to 2.0s 0.5
MINimum speed 0 to 25% 3
MAXimum speed 0 to 100% 100
ELEVATED MAXimum speed 0 to 25% 20

10 for CE spec E450AJ
CREEP MAXimum speed 0 to 45% 30
POSITRAC time 0 to 60s 10
POSITRAC current 50-250 A 170A
LOWER LIFT ACCELeration 0.5 to 5.0s 1.0
DECELeration 0.0 to 3.0s 0.5
MINimum UP speed 0 to 30% 19
MAXimum UP speed 0 to 100% 95
MINimum DOWN speed 0 to 20% 7
MAXimum DOWN speed 0 to 100% 47
UPPER LIFT ACCELeration 0.5 to 5.0 2.0
DECELeration 0.1 to 3.0 1.0
MlNimum UP speed 0 to 20 9
MAXimum UP speed 0 to 100 67
CREEP Maximum UP speed 0 to 50 30
MINimum DOWN speed 0 to 10 2
MAXimum DOWN speed 0 to 100 40
CREEP maximum DOWN speed 0 to 30 10
6-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SWING ACCELeration 0.5 to 5.0s 2.7
DECELeration 0.0 to 3.0s 1.8
MINimum LEFT speed 0 to 10% 1
MAXimum LEFT speed 0 to 60% 25
CREEP maximum LEFT speed 0 to 35% 15
MINimum RIGHT speed 0 to 10% 1
MAXimum RIGHT speed 0 to 60% 25
CREEP maximum RIGHT speed 0 to 35% 15
TELEscope ACCELeration 0.5 to 5.0 1.0
MINimum IN speed 0 to 20 8
MAXimum IN speed 0 to 100 60
MINimum OUT speed 0 to 20 5
MAXimum OUT speed 0 to 100 70
BASKET LEVEL ACCELeration 0.5 to 5.0 1.0
MINimum UP speed 0 to 20 8
MlNimum DOWN speed 0 to 20 5
BASKET ROTATE ACCELeration 0.5 to 5.0 1.5
MlNimum LEFT speed 0 to 15 2
MAXimum LEFT speed 0 to 100 23
MINimum RIGHT speed 0 to 15 2
MAXimum RIGHT speed 0 to 100 27
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-7

JIB ACCELeration 0.5 to 5.0 1.5
MINimum UP speed 0 to 50 9
MINimum DOWN speed 0 to 25 6
MINimum RIGHT speed 0 to 50 5
MAXimum RIGHT speed 0 to 100 20
MINimum LEFT speed 0 to 50 5
MAXimum LEFT speed 0 to 100 20
STEER MINimum speed 0 to 100 75
MAXimum speed 0 to 100 100
GROUND MODE Lower LIFT UP speed 0 to 100 73
Lower LIFT DOWN speed 0 to 100 36
UPPER LIFT speed 0 to 100 51
SWING speed 0 to 100 19
TELEscope speed 0 to 100 53
BASKET ROTATE speed 0 to 100 21
BASKET LEVEL speed 0 to 100 30
JIB SWING speed 0 to 100 N/A
JIB LIFT speed 0 to 100 45
6-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

2. TILT SWITCH
Table 6-2. Machine Setup Descriptions When tilted the tilt light is lit (continuously) and drive
speed is reduced to the creep speed setting
MODEL NUMBER... Displays/adjusts machine model
NOTE: all personalities reset to default 1=5 degree - reduces the maximum speed of all
when model number is altered
platform functions to creep when tilted and
TILT... Displays/adjusts tilt sensor function above elevation. Reduces drive speed to creep
when tilted. (Domestic/Japan)
DRIVE CUTOUT... Displays/adjusts drive cutout switch
presence/ function 2=3 degree - reduces the maximum speed of all
FUNCTION CUTOUT... Displays/adjusts function cutout switch
platform functions to creep when tilted and above
presence/function elevation. Reduces drive speed to creep when tilted.
(European/Australian)
JIB. . . Displays/adjusts jib presence
3=3 degree - cuts out drive and reduces functions
GROUND ALARM... Displays/adjusts ground alarm pres-
to creep speed when tilted and above elevation.
ence/ function
Reduces drive speed to creep when tilted only.
PLATFORM ALARM... Displays/adjusts platform alarm pres- (Option)
ence/ function
NOTE: Any of the selections above will light the tilt lamp
BATTERY MONITOR... Displays/adjusts battery monitor, which when a tilted condition occurs and will sound the
indicates “WATER BATTERIES” after a platform alarm when the machine is tilted and above
number of charge/discharge cycles elevation.
3. DRIVE CUTOUT
Machine Configuration Programming
Information 0=Battery Charger Cutout - cuts out drive when
4150286-9
the battery charger is plugged in
1= Battery Charger Cutout and Simultaneous Drive
NOTE: The following information is to be used when working and Boom functions disabled above elevation (Euro-
with the MACHINE SETUP menu. When configuring pean/Australian)
the machine, the machine configuration must be 2= Battery Charger Cutout and Drive Cutout above
completed before any personality settings can be elevation (Option)
changed. Changing the personality settings first and
then changing the model number of the machine 4. FUNCTION CUTOUT LIMIT SWITCH
configuration will cause the personality settings to
return to default values. 0= No Function Cutout
1= Cuts out all boom functions when switch opens
Default settings will be shown in bold type. (Option)
2= Cuts out all functions when the switch opens
1. MODELS (names may change) (Option)
5. JIB
1=Model E300
2=Model 400* 0=No jib installed
3 = Model 45/450* 1=Jib installed which has up and down movements
* The elevated drive speed setting must be changed to only (Option)
10% for E45AJ, M45AJ, M40AJP, E40AJP, M450AJ, 2=Jib installed which has up and down movements
E 45 0 AJ, M4 0 0A J P, E 4 00 A J P, E 4 0 0A , a nd M 40 0 A and side to side movements (Option)
machines going to Europe (CE). Also the elevated drive 6. GROUND ALARM
speed setting must be changed to 15% for E40AJPn,
M40APn, E400AJP narrow, M400AJPn, E400A narrow, 0= No ground alarm installed
and M400A narrow machines going to Europe (CE). 1= Travel Alarm - Sounds when the drive function is
active (Option)
2= Descent Alarm - Sounds when either lift down is
active (Option)
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-9

3= Motion Alarm - Sounds when any function is Not available at password level 2 ENTER confirms that
active (Option) vehicle is currently level, and zeroes the tilt sensor mea-
surements
7. PLATFORM ALARM
0= Sounds continuously when above elevation

Help Descriptions and Fault Flash Codes
and tilted only. Table 6-3. JLG Control System Flash Codes
1= Sounds continuously when above elevation and
tilted, and in conjunction with fault code flashes Code Description
(Option)
2-1 Faulty Footswitch/EMS
8. SOFT TOUCH
2-2 Drive/Steer inputs/Footswitch Interlocks
0=No Soft Touch System Installed
2-3 Boom function inputs/Lift-Swing Joystick
1= Soft-Touch System Installed
2-5 Function Cutout/Drive Cutout
9. LOAD CELL
3-1 Contactors miswired/Motors miswired
0=No Load Cell Installed 3-2 Line contactor welded
1= Warn Only
2 = Warn & Cutout 3-3 Contactor short circuit or valve short circuit
3 = Warn & Boom Cutout 3-5 Brake pressure input
Level Vehicle Description 4-2 Controller Overtemperature
4-4 Battery voltage out of range
5-5 Speed Sensor input
A NEW TILT MODULE WILL ACT AS IF IT IS TILTED ALL OF THE
TIME UNTIL THE FOLLOWING PROCEDURE IS PERFORMED. 6-6 CANbus inputs
7-7 Traction /Pump motor wiring or motor faulty
9-9 Power Module Failure
DO NOT LEVEL VEHICLE EXCEPT ON A LEVEL SURFACE.
LEVEL VEHICLE
YES:ENTER, NO:ESC
LEVEL VEHICLE
YES:ENTER, NO:ESC
6-10 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 6-4. Help Descriptions and Fault Flash Codes
Flash Code Description

No flash code is indicated for the following help messages; they are intended to hint at a possible problem if the vehicle is not behaving as expected.
EVERYTHING OK
The "normal" help message in platform mode
GROUND MODE OK
The "normal" help message in ground mode
BRAKES RELEASED
Indicates manual brake release in ground mode
DRIVING AT CREEP - TILTED
Drive speed is limited to creep because the vehicle is tilted.
FWS OPEN
A drive or boom function has been selected but footswitch is open.
PUMP MOTOR AT CURRENT LIMIT
Pump current has reached controller current limit or safe operating area limit.
RUNNING AT CREEP - CREEP SWITCH OPEN
All function speeds are limited to creep because the creep switch is open.
RUNNING AT CUTBACK - ABOVE ELEVATION
All function speeds are limited to cutback speed because the vehicle is above elevation.
RUNNING AT CREEP - TILTED AND ABOVE ELEVATION
All function speeds are limited to creep because the vehicle it tilted and above elevation.
TESTS ACTIVE - RECYCLE EMS TO END
The system tests have been activated; normal vehicle operation is not allowed.
TILT MODULE FAILURE: BAD TILT SENSOR
There is a problem with the tilt sensor interface circuitry; the controller defaults to massively tilted and does
not try to prevent vehicle roll on the grade.
TRACTION MOTOR AT CURRENT LIMIT
Traction current has reached controller current limit or safe operating area limit.
WATER BATTERIES
The batteries have been charged a number of times (set by machine digit) and need a top-up; when this is
done the count will reset
2/1 Flash code 2/1 indicates problems with the footswitch.
FWS FAULTY
The two footswitch signals do not agree. EMS recycle required.
START UP
Neither EMS input is active - the system is just switching on or is discharging the capacitor bank. A welded
line contactor might also cause this
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-11

2/2 Flash code 2/2 indicates problems with drive & steer selection.
DRIVE JOYSTICK FAULTY
The drive joystick center tap is out of valid range, or the wiper is wire-off.
DRIVE LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE EMS/FWS
Drive was selected before and during footswitch closure.
FWS INTERLOCK TRIPPED
Footswitch was closed for seven seconds with no function selected.
STEER LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE EMS/FWS
Steer was selected before and during footswitch closure.
STEER SWITCHES FAULTY
Both steer switches are active together.
WAITING FOR FWS TO BE OPEN
Footswitch was closed when platform mode was selected.
JOYSTICK FAULTS - CHECK PLATFORM BOX WIRING
More than one of the drive, lift and swing joystick center tap or wiper voltages is out of range.
This is probably due to a short-circuit across a joystick port.
2/3 Flash code 2/3 indicates problems with boom function selection.
LIFT/SWING JOYSTICK FAULTY
The lift or swing Joystick center tap is out of valid range, or the wiper is wire-off.
LIFT/SWING LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE EMS/FWS
Upper Lift or swing was selected before and during footswitch closure.
PUMP POT FAULTY
The pump pot is open-circuit; all platform boom functions except upper lift & swing will run at creep.
PUMP SWITCHES FAULTY - CHECK DIAGNOSTICS/BOOM
A boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate, jib) has both directions selected together.
PUMP SWITCHES LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE EMS/FWS
A boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate, jib) was selected before and during foot-
switch closure.
PUMP SWITCHED LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE EMS
A ground boom function (lower lift, telescope, basket level, basket rotate, jib) was selected before key-
switch.
SWING/LIFT JOYSTICK FAULTY
The swing joystick center tap is out of valid range, or the wiper is wire-off.
6-12 – JLG Lift – 3121829

2/5 Flash code 2/5 indicates that a function is prevented due to a cutout.
BOOM PREVENTED - DRIVE SELECTED
A boom function is selected while a drive function is selected and drive cutout is configured to prevent
simultaneous drive & boom operation.
BOOM PREVENTED - FUNCTION CUTOUT ACTIVE
A boom function is selected while function cutout is active and configured to cutout boom functions.
DRIVE & BOOM PREVENTED - FUNCTION CUTOUT ACTIVE
Drive or a boom function is selected while function cutout is active and configured to cutout all functions.
DRIVE PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION
Drive is selected while above elevation and drive cutout is configured to prevent drive.
DRIVE PREVENTED - BOOM MOVEMENT SELECTED
Drive is selected while a boom function is selected and drive cutout is configured to prevent simultaneous
drive & boom operation.
DRIVE PREVENTED - CHARGER CONNECTED
Drive is selected while the charger is on (indicated by drive cutout being active) and drive cutout is config-
ured to prevent drive.
DRIVE PREVENTED - TILTED AND ABOVE ELEVATION
Drive is selected while drive cutout is active and drive cutout is configured to prevent drive.
TILT MODULE FAILURE: NOT COMMUNICATING
There is a problem with the positrac/tilt module; the controller defaults to massively tilted and does not try to
prevent vehicle roll on the grade.
3/1 Flash code 3/1 indicates that a contactor did not close when energized.
LINE & DIRECTION CONTACTORS MISWIRED
When the line contactor was closed traction point A went high (and the capacitor bank charge did not
increase to battery supply) - this occurs if the line contactor coil wiring is swapped with that for a direction
contactor coil.
OPEN-CIRCUIT FORWARD DIRECTION CONTACTOR OR TRACTION MOTOR
Traction point A did not go high when forward contactor was energized (this could be due to traction motor
open-circuit or a power wiring error).
OPEN-CIRCUIT LINE CONTACTOR OR TRACTION MOTOR
The capacitor bank charge did not increase to battery supply when line contactor was energized (this could
be due to a power wiring error).
OPEN-CIRCUIT REVERSE DIRECTION CONTACTOR
Traction point A did not go high when reverse contactor was energized (this could be due to traction motor
open-circuit or a power wiring error).
3/2 Flash code 3/2 indicates that a contactor did not open when energized.
WELDED LINE CONTACTOR
The capacitor bank charge did not decrease from battery supply when line contactor was deenergized (this
could be due to a power wiring error).
WARNING: If the line contactor is welded, the controller will not switch off when EMS or keyswitch is turned
off.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-13

3/3 Flash code 3/3 indicates that a contactor coil is short-circuited.

OVERLOADED VALVE SUPPLY-CHECK WIRING.
There is a high current draw from the valve supply when no valve is energized; this is probably due to a wir-
ing error at the ground module.
SHORT-CIRCUIT FORWARD CONTACTOR COIL
The forward contactor was not energized when required, due to coil overcurrent protection.
SHORT-CIRCUIT LINE CONTACTOR COIL
The line contactor was not energized when required, due to coil overcurrent protection.
SHORT-CIRCUIT REVERSE CONTACTOR COIL
The reverse contactor was not energized when required, due to coil overcurrent protection.
3/5 Flash code 3/5 indicates that there is a brake pressure problem.
BRAKES DID NOT LOCK
Brake pressure did not clear when the brake valve was deenergized.
BRAKES DID NOT RELEASE
No brake pressure was detected when running the pump motor and energizing the brake valve
4/2 Flash code 4/2 indicates that the controller is over temperature.
CONTROLLER TOO HOT - PLEASE WAIT
The controller heatsink temperature reached 75 degrees. The controller is shut down until it cools to below
70 degrees.
4/4 Flash code 4/4 indicates problems with the battery supply.
BATTERY LOW
Battery voltage is below 40V. This is a warning - the controller does not shut down.
BATTERY TOO HIGH - SYSTEM SHUT DOWN
Battery voltage is above 62V.
EMS recycle required.
BATTERY TOO LOW - SYSTEM SHUT DOWN
Battery voltage is below 33V.
EMS recycle required.
5/5 Flash code 5/5 indicates problems with vehicle speed or the encoder.
NO VEHICLE MOVEMENT DETECTED AT MAXIMUM POWER
No speed was measured with traction motor full on. This could be due to a traction motor fault, a power wir-
ing error, a speed encoder fault, the brakes not releasing (although brake Pressure is OK) or the vehicle
being overloaded so that the motor cannot turn the wheels.
DRIVE PREVENTED - BOTH SPEED ENCODERS FAULTY
Both speed encoder input voltages are out of range.
LEFT SPEED ENCODER FAULTY
The left speed encoder input voltages are out of range. The vehicle will continue to drive at cutback using
the right speed encoder.
RIGHT SPEED ENCODER FAULTY
The right speed encoder input voltages are out of range. The vehicle will continue to drive at cutback using
the left speed encoder.
SPEED ENCODERS READING INVALID SPEED
One or both speed encoders is indicating an impossible number of pulses. This is probably due to a faulty
speed encoder.
VEHICLE RUNAWAY - CHECK SPEED ENCODERS
Speed in the wrong direction was measured with traction motor full on. This is probably due to the speed
encoder being fitted incorrectly; it could also be due to a speed encoder fault or faults as for "NO VEHICLE
MOVEMENT DETECTED" with the vehicle on a grade.
6-14 – JLG Lift – 3121829

6/6 Flash code 6/6 indicates problems with the CANbus.

48V PROTECTION TRIPPED - CHECK INTER-MODULE WIRING
The power module is not receiving acknowledgments from the platform or ground modules to transmitted
data, and the protection circuit which supplies the platform and ground modules has tripped. This is proba-
bly due to wiring problems at the platform or ground module.
CANbus FAILURE: GROUND MODULE
The power module is receiving from the platform module but not the ground module. This should not be
possible!
CANbus FAILURE: PLATFORM MODULE
The power module is receiving from the ground module but not the platform module. This is probably due
to wiring problems between the platform and ground modules.
CANbus FAILURE: POWER MODULE The power module is not receiving acknowledgments from the plat-
form or ground modules to transmitted data. This is probably due to wiring problems between the ground
and power modules.
7/7 Flash code 7/7 indicates problems with a motor.
CAPACITOR BANK FAULT - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS
The capacitor bank is not charging. This is probably due to a power wiring error causing illegal current
drain; it could also be due to a very low battery supply.
OPEN-CIRCUIT PUMP MOTOR
Pump point A is collapsing when the pump MOSFETs are pulsed. This is probably due to an open circuit
pump motor or a power wiring error.
OPEN-CIRCUIT DIRECTIONAL CONTACTOR OR TRACTION MOTOR
Traction point A is collapsing when the traction MOSFETs are pulsed. This is probably due to an open cir-
cuit traction motor or a power wiring error. NOTE: This fault is unlikely to be seen due to interaction with
speed control...
PUMP POINT A LOW - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS
Pump point A is near 0V when the pump MOSFETs are off. This is probably due to a power
STALLED TRACTION MOTOR
The power module traction MOSFET protection circuit is active. This is due to massive current drain and
could be a stalled traction motor or a power wiring error.
STALLED PUMP MOTOR
The power module pump MOSFET protection circuit is active. This is due to massive current drain and
could be a stalled pump motor or a power wiring error.
TRACTION MOTOR OVERLOADED
The traction motor has been operating in current limit at a low percentage on for a period of time greater
than 10 seconds.
PUMP MOTOR OVERLOADED
The pump motor has been operating in current limit at a low percentage on for a period of time greater than
10 seconds.
TRACTION CURRENT AT ZERO - CHECK SHUNT WIRING
Traction current measurement is at zero. This is probably due to an open-circuit between the current mea-
surement shunt and the power module.
TRACTION POINT A HIGH - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS
Traction point A is near battery supply when neither direction contactor is energized and the traction MOS-
FETs are off. This could be due to a welded direction contactor or a power wiring error.
TRACTION POINT A LOW - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS
Traction point A is near 0V when neither direction contactor is energized and the traction MOSFETs are off.
This could be due to a power wiring error.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-15

9/9 Flash code 9/9 indicates problems with the controller.

POWER MODULE FAILURE: CONTACTOR DRIVE CODE 1
A contactor remained energized when turned off.
POWER MODULE FAILURE: HWFS CODE 2
The hardware failsafe tests did not complete because traction point A is not safe, or the hardware failsafe is
permanently tripped.
The hardware failsafe tests did not complete because a contactor was energized when all should be turned
off
The hardware failsafe tests did not complete because the hardware failsafe tripped immediately when the
traction MOSFETs were turned on.
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the hardware failsafe did not trip within the allowed test time.
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the hardware failsafe tripped too slowly.
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the hardware failsafe tripped too quickly.
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the hardware failsafe remained tripped when the traction MOS-
FETs were turned off.
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the line contactor could still be energized when the hardware fail-
safe was tripped
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the contactor drive failsafe did not trip within the allowed test
time.
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the contactor drive failsafe tripped too slowly.
The hardware failsafe tests failed because the contactor drive failsafe tripped too quickly.
POWER MODULE FAILURE: HWFS TEST STALLED
The hardware failsafe tests did not complete, but no reason can be determined.
POWER MODULE FAILURE: BAD TEMPERATURE SENSOR
The temperature sensor measurement is invalid, this is probably due to a disconnected wire within the
power module. The possibility of other disconnected wires (which could cause dangerous system function)
means that the controller is shut down.
POWER MODULE FAILURE: S/C LINE CONTACTOR DRIVER The line contactor energized when the foot-
switch was closed, before it was turned on, this is probably due to a failed driver within the power module,
although it could be due to bad power module wirings
6-16 – JLG Lift – 3121829

MENU: HELP: (001)
HELP:PRESS ENTER SYSTEM OK
3121829
LOG: (XXX)
XX:XXXXXXXXXXXXX
MENU: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS: DIAGNOSTICS:

DIAGNOSTICS DRIVE BOOM SYSTEM DATALOG VERSIONS
DRIVE: BOOM: SYSTEM: DATALOG: VERSIONS:

DRIVE 0% TOWER 0% TRACTION 0A MAX.TEMP 53c POWER vX.X

To Sheet 2 SPEED STOPPED 0% MAIN 0% PUMP 0A MIN.TEMP -6c PLATFORM vX.X

POSITRAC OFF SWING 0% VALVE 0.0A MAX.BATTERY 63V GROUND vX.X

STEER 0% LEVEL 0% BATTERY 50.4V ON XXXhXXm POSITILT vX.X

BRAKES LOCKED TELE 0% TEMPERATURE 27c DRIVE XXXhXXm ANALYZER vX.X
DRIVE: BOOM: SYSTEM: DATALOG:

CREEP ACTIVE ROTATE 0% FSW1 OPEN PUMP XXXhXXm
– JLG Lift –
DOS LIM SW OP JIB (U/D) 0% FSW2 OPEN LIFT XXXhXXm

DOS O//R SW OP JIB (L/R) 0% DRIVE CUTOUT OP SWING XXXhXXm
BOOM: SYSTEM: DATALOG:

PUMP POT 0% ELEV. CUTOUT OP TELE XXXhXXm
BOOM: SYSTEM: DATALOG:

CREEP ACTIVE DOS OFF RENTAL XXXhXXm
SYSTEM: DATALOG: 1
BRAKES LOW PRES. ERASE RENTAL
NOTE: The layout shown includes all possible analyzer screens.
Please note that some screens may not be available depending
SYSTEM:
upon machine configuration. MAN. RELEASE OP 1 - Only Available in Access Level 1
SYSTEM:
TILT 99.9',99.9'
Figure 6-2. Analyzer Flow Chart (Software Version 3.x) - Sheet 1 of 3
6-17
6-18
From Sheet 1
MENU: ACTIVATE TESTS :

ACTIVATE TESTS YES: ENTER,NO:ESC
MENU: ACCESS LEVEL:

ACCESS LEVEL 1 CODE 00000
MENU: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES: PERSONALITIES:
PERSONALITIES DRIVE LIFT SWING TELE PLATFORM LEVEL PLATFORM ROTATE JIB STEER GROUND MODE
DRIVE: 2 LIFT : LIFT : 2 SWING: 2 TELE: 2 PLATFORM LEVEL: 2 PLATFORM ROTATE

: 2 JIB : 2 STEER: 2 GROUND MODE: 2
To Sheet 3 ACCEL 1. 5s TOWER LIFT MAIN LIFT ACCEL 2. 0s ACCEL 1. 0s ACCEL 1. 0s ACCEL 0. 5s ACCEL 1. 0s MIN SPEED 75% TWR LIFT UP 75%
DRIVE: 2 TOWER LIFT: MAIN LIFT : 2 SWING: 2 TELE: 2 PLATFORM LEVEL: 2 PLATFORM ROTATE
: 2 JIB : 2 STEER: 2 GROUND MODE: 2
DECEL 0. 5s ACCEL 1. 0s ACCEL 1. 0s DECEL 1. 5s DECEL 0. 5s DECEL 1. 0s DECEL 0. 5s DECEL 0. 5s MAX SPEED 100 % TWR LIFT DWN 55%
DRIVE: 2 TOWER LIFT: SWING: 2 TELE: 2 PLATFORM LEVEL: 2 PLATFORM ROTATE

: 2 JIB : 2 GROUND MODE: 2
MAIN LIFT :
MIN 3% DECEL 0. 5s DECEL 0. 3s MIN LEFT 5% MIN IN 22% MIN UP 15% MIN LEFT 13% MIN UP 13% MAIN LIFT 65%

: 2 JIB : 2 GROUND MODE
: 2
MAIN LIFT :
MAX 95% MIN UP 18% MIN UP 18% MAX LEFT 30% MAX IN 50% MAX UP 30% MAX LEFT 22% MAX UP 40% SWING 30%

: 2 JIB : 2 GROUND MODE
: 2
MAIN LIFT :
ELEVATED MAX 10% MAX UP 83% MAX UP 80% CREEP LEFT 20% MIN OUT 16% MIN DOWN 10% MIN RIGHT 13% MIN DOWN 10% TELE 35%

: 2 JIB : 2 GROUND MODE: 2
MAIN LIFT :
CREEP MAX 20% MIN DOWN 36% MIN RIGHT 5% MAX OUT 40% MAX DOWN22% MAX RIGHT 22% MAX DOWN26% PLT LEVEL 22%
CREEP UP 30%
DRIVE: 2 TOWER LIFT: SWING: 2 JIB : 2 GROUND MODE: 2

MAIN LIFT :
POSITRAC 10s MAX DOWN58% MIN DOWN 30% MAX RIGHT 30% MIN LEFT 13% PLT ROTATE 20%
– JLG Lift –
DRIVE: 2 SWING: JIB : 2 GROUND MODE : 2
MAIN LIFT :
POSITRAC 170 A MAX DOWN 63% CREEP RIGHT 20% MAX LEFT 23% JIB ( U/ D) 30%
JIB : 2 GROUND MODE : 2

MAIN LIFT :
CREEP DOWN 55% MIN RIGHT 13% JIB ( L/ R) 23%
JIB : 2
MAX RIGHT 23%
2 - Only Available in Access Level 2
NOTE: The layout shown includes all possible analyzer screens. Please note
that some screens may not be available depending upon machine
configuration.
3121829
From Sheet 2
3121829
MENU: MODEL NUMBER: 2 TILT: 2 DRIVE CUTOUT: 2 SOFTTOUCH CUTOUT 2 JIB: 2 GROUND ALARM: 2 PLATFORM ALARM: 2 LOAD: 2 LEVELinhibit: 2 MACHINE SETUP: 2
MACHINE SETUP 1=300 1=5Deg 0=CHARGER 0=NO 1=YES 0=NO 0=NO 0=NO 0=NO ALARM (dB) 90
MENU: 1 LEVEL VECHICLE? 1

LEVEL VEHICLE YES:ENTER,NO:ESC
MENU: 1 CALIBRATIONS: 1 CALIBRATIONS: 1

CALIBRATIONS CONTROLLER CALS MACHINE CALS
CONTROLLER CALS: 1 MACHINE CALS: 1

TEMPERATURE 49 BRAKE 60%

TRACTION I 1.28 FLOW@0% 30%

PUMP I 1.26 FLOW@100% 50%

TILTdelayIN 62! TLIFT@0% 30%

TILTdelayOUT 6! TLIFT@100% 50%
MACHINE CALS: 1
MLIFT@0% 30%
1 - Only Available in Access Level 1
MACHINE CALS: 1
MLIFT@100% 50% 2 - Only Available in Access Level 2
MACHINE CALS: 1
SWINGcalSw OFF
– JLG Lift –
MACHINE CALS: 1
SWINGL@0% 43%
MACHINE CALS: 1
SWINGL@100% 87%
MACHINE CALS: 1
SWINGR@0% 43%
MACHINE CALS: 1
SWINGR@100% 87%
MACHINE CALS: 1 NOTE: The layout shown includes all possible analyzer screens. Please note
SPEEDprop1 4
that some screens may not be available depending upon machine
MACHINE CALS: 1
SPEEDprop2 16
configuration.
MACHINE CALS: 1
SPEEDint 0.3
MACHINE CALS: 1
PLUGmax 60%
6-19
Analyzer Diagnostics Menu Structure the next outer level. The LEFT/RIGHT arrow keys move
between items in the same level. The UP/DOWN arrow
In the following structure descriptions, an intended item is keys alter a value if allowed
selected by pressing ENTER; pressing ESC steps back to
Table 6-5. DIAGNOSTICS - Menu Descriptions

DRIVE
DRIVE . . . Displays drive joystick direction & demand
SPEED . . . Displays vehicle direction & speed
POSITRAC . . . Displays positrac status
STEER . . . Displays steer switch direction & demand
NOTE: steer demand is inversely proportional to vehicle speed
BRAKES . . . Displays brake control system status
CREEP . . . Displays pump pot creep switch status
BOOM
LL.... Displays lower lift switch direction & demand
NOTE: demand is controlled by the pump pot
UL . . Displays upper lift joystick direction & demand
SWING . . . Displays swing joystick direction & demand
LEVEL .. . Displays basket level switch direction & demand
TELE . . . Displays telescope switch direction & demand
ROTATE . . Displays basket rotate switch direction & demand
JIB (U/D) .. Displays jib lift switch direction & demand
NOTE: demand is controlled by the pump pot Not displayed if
JIB = NO
JIB (L/R) Displays jib swing switch direction & demand
NOTE: demand is controlled by the pump pot Not displayed if
JIB = NO
PUMP POT ... Displays pump pot demand
CREEP . . . Displays pump pot creep switch status
SYSTEM
TRACTION . . . Displays measured traction motor current
PUMP ... Displays measured pump motor current
VALVE . . . Displays measured valve (12V supply) current
NOTE: this includes current for the ground alarm & hourmeter,
but not for any lamps
BATTERY . . . Displays measured battery voltage
TEMPERATURE . . . Displays measured heatsink temperature
FSW1 . . . Displays footswitch status
FSW2 . . . Displays footswitch status
NOTE: FSW2 is wired to the platform module
DRIVE CUTOUT ... Displays drive cutout switch status
ELEV. CUTOUT ... Displays elevation cutout switch status
FUNC. CUTOUT ... Displays function cutout switch status
BRAKES . . . Displays brake pressure switch status
MAN.RELEASE . . . Displays manual brake release switch status
6-20 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 6-5. DIAGNOSTICS - Menu Descriptions
TILT . . . Displays measured vehicle tilt

The first value indicates tilt in die forwards reverse direction
(pitch)
The second value indicates tilt in the left/ right direction (roll)
DATALOG
MAX.TEMP . . . Displays maximum measured heatsink temp.
MIN.TEMP . . . Displays minimum measured heatsink temp.
MAX . BATTERY . . Displays maximum measured battery voltage
ON . . . Displays total controller on (EMS) time
DRIVE . . . Displays total controller drive operation time
PUMP ... Displays total controller pump running time
NOTE: includes all boom functions, steer and brake release
LIFT . .. Displays total controller lift operation time
SWING . . . Displays total controller swing operation time
TELE . . . Displays total controller tele operation time
RENTAL . . . Displays total controller operation time
NOTE: can be reset
ERASE RENTAL Not available at password level 2
YES:ENTER, NO:ESC ENTER Enter resets rental datalog time to zero
VERSIONS
POWER Displays power software version
PLATFORM Displays platform software version
GROUND Displays ground software version
POSITILT Displays positilt software version
ANALYZER Displays analyzer software version
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-21

System Self Test switch. When the controller sees that the lower lift up
switch has been closed, it will move on to the next
The system self test is utilized to locate typical problems. input, lower lift down LLD. If the switch is faulty or the
See Table 6-6, System Test Descriptions and Table 6-7, wiring is faulty, the controller will not move on to the
System Test Messages for information concerning the next input. The controller will continue to wait for the
tests performed and available messages in this mode. closure of the input. If the operator knows the switch
1. When the keyswitch is in the platform position and is faulty and wants to continue the tests he must
the self test enabled, the self test function will test all simply press the enter key on the analyzer to con-
valves, contactors, platform inputs, indicator lamps, tinue.
and system alarms for various fault conditions. 3. After the controller has conducted the tests from the
chosen operator station, it will display "TESTS COM-
When the keyswitch is in the ground position, the PLETE". This indicates that the controller has
self test function will test all valves, the line contac- checked all inputs and outputs for that station.
tor, ground control inputs, and the ground alarm out-
put for various fault conditions.
2. In order to test the inputs on the machine, the con- IN ORDER FOR THE MACHINE TO FUNCTION AFTER THE SELF
troller will ask the service technician to perform vari- TEST IS COMPLETE, POWER MUST BE RECYCLED USING THE
ous tasks at the appropriate operator control station. EMS OR THE KEYSWITCH.
An example of this is "Close LLU Switch". The con-
troller expects the operator to close the lower lift up
Table 6-6. System Test Descriptions
ACTIVATE TESTS Not available once tests are activated

YES:ENTER, NO:ESC ENTER activates system tests
NOTE: cannot be done while controller is in use (footswitch
closed) and for a short time afterwards
RUN SYSTEM TEST ENTER starts system test
Not available until tests are activated Displays messages
while system test runs Some messages are prompts,
requiring user intervention.
ENTER can be pressed if a fault is found, to confirm that
the fault has been noted and to continue the system test.
NOTE: a flashing message is critical, and prevents the
system test running
6-22 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 6-7. System Test Messages
RUNNING Initial display when system test is run; certain "critical" checks are made. Problems which can be reported include:
ONLY 1 ANALYZER!
Do not connect two Analyzers while running the system test.
BAD POWER WIRING
The capacitor bank is not charged or pump point A is low or traction point A is high or low.
Check all power wiring.
LINE CONT WELDED
The capacitor bank is at battery voltage.
Check line contactor.
Check all power wiring.
BATTERY TOO LOW
The system test cannot run with battery voltage below minimum.
BATTERY TOO HIGH
The system test cannot run with battery voltage above maximum.
CHECK CAN WIRING
The system test cannot run in platform mode unless data is being received from the
platform, ground and positrac/tilt modules. The system test cannot run in ground mode
unless data is being received from the ground and positrac/tilt modules.
CHECK LEFT SPD.
There is an open- or short- circuit in the left speed encoder wiring. Check left speed
encoder.
CHECK RIGHT SPD.
There is an open- or short- circuit in the right speed encoder wiring. Check right speed
encoder.
CHECK SHUNT
The traction current measurement is open-circuit.
Check wiring between power module and contactor panel.
BAD PUMP WIRING
Pump point A is not high, probably caused by an open-circuit pump motor or wiring.
Check all power wiring. Check pump motor.
BAD POWER MODULE
An internal problem was detected in the power module.
BAD POWER WIRING
Traction point A is high, probably caused by incorrect faction motor wiring. Check all
power wiring. Check traction motor.
HIGH TILT ANGLE
The vehicle is very tilted, or the tilt sensor has been damaged. Check tilt sensor.
HOT POWER MODULE
The heatsink temperature exceeds 75 C; this is only a warning.
BAD I/O PORTS
The controller detected a problem with its internal circuits at switchon. If other problems
are also detected, the controller may need replacing.
SUSPECT EEPROM
The controller detected a problem with its EEPROM stored personality settings at
switchon. Check and, if necessary correct, all personality settings.
WAIT:CAPBANK HI
This message can be displayed if the system test is run shortly after the vehicle was used;
after a short wait, it should clear.
OPEN FWS
In platform mode, the footswitch must be open at the start of the test.
CLOSE FWS
In platform mode, the footswitch must be closed when this message is displayed; the foot
switch MUST BE KEPT CLOSED during the valve & contactor tests.
BAD FWS
The two footswitch signals are not changing together, probably because one is
open-circuit. One footswitch signal ("FSW1") is routed to the power module, the other
("FSW2") is routed to the platform module. Check footswitch and wiring.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-23


TESTING VALVES Indicates that the valve test is beginning.
Each valve is alternately energized and de-energized; checks are made for open-and short- circuit
valve coils.
The valves are tested in the order: PROP (main proportional), LL U, LL D, UL U, UL D, SWING L,
SWING R, SWING REST, LEVEL U, LEVEL D, ROTATE L, ROTATE R, JIB U, JIB D,
TELE I, TELE O, BYPASS, STEER L, STEER R, STEER PROP, BRAKE
NOTE: in platform mode, the footswitch must be closed.
NOTE: jib valves are not tested if JIB = NO
Problems which can be reported include:
CANT TEST VALVES
There is a wiring problem which prevents the valve test from functioning correctly.
Check valve wiring.
Check ground alarm wiring.
valvename S/C
The named valve is drawing too much current so is presumed to be short-circuit.
Check valve wiring.
valvename O/C
The named valve is drawing too little current so is presumed to be open-circuit.
Check valve wiring.
VALVE TEST DONE Indicates that the valve test is complete (with or without faults).
TESTING CONTS Indicates that the contactor test is beginning.
In platform mode, the forward & reverse direction contactors are energized and de-energized; checks are made that they
close & open correctly and for short-circuit coils.
In platform and ground mode, the line contactor is energized and de-energized; checks are made that it closed & opened
correctly and for a short-circuit coil.
In platform mode, the positrac contactors are energized and de-energized; checks are made for short-circuit and open-
circuit coils.
CANT TEST CONTS
There is a wiring problem which prevents the contactor test from functioning correctly.
Check power wiring.
Check contactor wiring.
BAD CONT WIRING
There is a wiring problem which caused the capacitor bank to be charged when a direction contactor was
energized; probably the wiring to the contactor coils is incorrect.
Check power wiring.
contname WELDED
The named contactor appears to have not opened.
Check named contactor.
Check power wiring.
contname COIL S/C
The named contactor coil overloaded its driver circuit so is presumed to be short-circuit.
contname DIDN’T CLOSE
The named contactor appears to have not closed.
Check power wiring.
CONT TEST DONE Indicates that the contactor test is complete (with or without faults).
6-24 – JLG Lift – 3121829

CHECKING INPUTS Indicates that the inputs test is beginning.

Every input is checked to ensure that it is in its "normal" position; function switches should be open,
cutout switches should be closed, joysticks should be in neutral.
In platform mode, inputs are tested in the order: UL U, UL D, UL JOY., SWING L, SWING R,
SWING JOY., LEVEL U, LEVEL D, PUMP POT., ROTATE L, ROTATE R, LL U, LL D, JIB U, JIB D,
TELE I, TELE O, DRIVE FWD, DRIVE REV, DRIVE JOY., STEER L, STEER R,
POSITRAC, DRIVE C/O, ELEV. C/O, FUNC. C/O, BRAKE PRES
In ground mode, inputs are tested in the order: ROTATE L, ROTATE R, LEVEL U. LEVEL D, JIB U.
JIB D, TELE I, TELE O, UL U, UL D, LL U, LL D, SWING L, SWING R, ELEV. C/O,
FUNC. C/O, BRAKE PRES, MAN. BRAKE
NOTE: switches which are not in use (due to the settings of machine digits) are not checked. NOTE: the pump pot is
checked only for a wire-off condition; it can be at any demand from creep to
maximum.
CHECK switchname
The named switch is not in its "normal" position.
Check switch & wiring.
CHECK switchname JOY.
The named joystick appears to be faulty.
Check joystick.
INPUTS DONE Indicates that the inputs test is complete (with or without faults).
TESTING LAMPS Indicates that the lamps test is beginning.
Each lamp is energized in turn; a prompt asks for confirmation that the lamp is lit - ENTER must be
pressed to continue the test.
Lamps are tested in the order: ENABLE, FAULT, TILT, CREEP, POSlTRAC, WATER.
NOTE: lamps which are not in use (due to the settings of machine digits) are not checked.
NOTE: lamps are only tested in platform mode.
lampname S/C
A short-circuit condition appeared while the named lamp was being tested, presumably
because it is short-circuit.
LAMP TEST DONE Indicates that the lamps test is complete.
TESTING ALARMS Indicates that the alarms test is beginning.
Each alarm is energized in turn; a prompt asks for confirmation that the alarm is sounding - ENTER
must be pressed to continue the test.
Alarms are tested in the order: P.ALARM, G.ALARM.
NOTE: the platform alarm is only tested in platform mode.
NOTE: the ground alarm is not tested if GROUND ALARM = NO.
alarmname S/C
A short-circuit condition appeared while the named alarm was being tested, presumably
because it is short-circuit.
ALARM TEST DONE Indicates that the alarms test is complete.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-25


TEST ALL INPUTS? Prompts whether to check every operator input. If ESC is pressed, the system test ends.
If ENTER is pressed, each operator input is prompted for in turn.
In platform mode, operator inputs are tested in the order: UL U, UL D, SWING L, SWING R, LEVEL U, LEVEL D,
PUMP POT, CREEP, ROTATE L, ROTATE R, LL U, LL D, JIB U, JIB D, TELE I, TELE O, DRIVE FWD,
DRIVE REV, STEER L, STEER R, POSITRAC
In ground mode, operator inputs are tested in the order: ROTATE L, ROTATE R. LEVEL U. LEVEL D, JIB U. JIB D,
TELE I, TELE O. UL U. IJL D, LL U. LL D, SWING L, SWING R
NOTE: the jib switches are not tested if JIB = NO.
Prompts displayed during the operator input test include:
CLOSE switchname
The named switch should be closed.
OPEN switchname
The named switch should be opened.
joystickname direction TO MAX
The named joystick should be pushed to its full extent in the named direction.
joystickname direction TO MIN
The named joystick should be returned to neutral from the named direction.
PUMP POT TO MAX
The pump pot should be turned to maximum.
PUMP POT TO MIN
The pump pot should be turned to minimum.
MULTIPLE CLOSURE
More than one operator input is closed; if only one has been operated, there could be a short between two inputs.
TESTS COMPLETE Indicates that the system test is complete. Any problems reported should have been noted and should now be rectified.
Press ESC to return to the RUN SYSTEM TEST Analyzer menu.
6-26 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 6-8. Diagnostic Fault Codes
Flash
DTC Fault Message Description
Code
001 00 EVERYTHING OK The "normal" help message in platform mode
002 00 GROUND MODE OK The "normal" help message in ground mode
0010 00 RUNNING AT CUTBACK - OUT OF TRANSPORT POSITION Drive speed is limited to "ELEVATED MAX" while the vehicle is
out of transport position.
0011 00 FSW OPEN A drive or boom function has been selected but footswitch is
open.
0012 00 RUNNING AT CREEP - CREEP SWITCH OPEN All function speeds are limited to creep because the creep
switch is open.
0013 00 RUNNING AT CREEP - TILTED AND ABOVE ELEVATION All function speeds are limited to creep because the vehicle is
tilted and above elevation.
0032 00 PUMP MOTOR AT CURRENT LIMIT Pump current has reached controller current limit or safe operat-
ing area limit.
0033 00 TRACTION MOTOR AT CURRENT LIMIT Traction current has reached controller current limit or safe
operating area limit.
0034 00 DRIVING AT CREEP - TILTED Drive speed is limited to creep because the vehicle is tilted.
211 21 POWER CYCLE The normal help message is issued at each power cycle.
212 21 KEYSWITCH FAULTY Both Platform and Ground modes are selected simultaneously.
213 21 FSW FAULTY Both Footswitch Inputs are closed for more then one second.
221 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - HORN PERMANENTL Y SELECTED Input was CLOSED during startup
224 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - STEER LEFT PERMANENTLY The Steer Left Switch was closed during power-up.
SELECTED
225 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - STEER RIGHT PERMANENTLY The Steer Right Switch was closed during power-up.
SELECTED
227 22 STEER SWITCHES FAULTY Both Steer Left and Steer Right inputs are closed simultane-
ously.
2211 22 FSW INTERLOCK TRIPPED The Footswitch was closed for more then seven seconds.
2212 22 DRIVE LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH A drive function was selected with Footswitch open.
2213 22 STEER LOCKED - SELECTED BEFORE FOOTSWITCH A steer function was selected with Footswitch open.
2221 22 LIFT/SWING LOCKED - JOYSTICK MOVED BEFORE FOOT- A lift / swing function was selected with Footswitch open.
SWITCH
2222 22 WAITING FOR FSW TO BE OPEN The Footswitch was closed during Platform selection.
2245 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - JIB SWING LEFT PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2246 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - JIB SWING RIGHT PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2247 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - PLATFORM ROTATE LEFT PERMA- Input was CLOSED during startup
NENTLY SELECTED
2248 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - PLATFORM ROTATE RIGHT PERMA- Input was CLOSED during startup
NENTLY SELECTED
2249 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - JIB LIFT UP PERMANENTLY SELECTED Input was CLOSED during startup
2250 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - JIB LIFT DOWN PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2251 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - TELESCOPE IN PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-27

Flash
Code
2252 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - TELESCOPE OUT PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2253 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - SWING LEFT PERMANENTLY SELECTED Input was CLOSED during startup
2254 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - SWING RIGHT PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2255 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - MAIN LIFT UP PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2256 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - MAIN LIFT DOWN PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2257 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - TOWER LIFT UP PERMANENTL Y Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2258 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - TOWER LIFT DOWN PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2259 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - DRIVE FORWARD PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2260 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - DRIVE REVERSE PERMANENTL Y Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2261 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - MULTIPLE SWITCHES PERMANENTL Y Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2262 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - PLATFORM LEVEL UP PERMANENTLY Input was CLOSED during startup
SELECTED
2263 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - PLATFORM LEVEL DOWN PERMA- Input was CLOSED during startup
NENTL Y SELECTED
2264 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - DOS DOWN PERMANENTL Y SELECTED Input was CLOSED during startup
2265 22 FUNCTION PROBLEM - POSI DOWN PERMANENTL Y SELECTED Input was CLOSED during startup
2266 22 LIFT/SWING JOYSTICK FAULTY Joystick was out of the Neutral position during startup
2267 22 DRIVE/STEER JOYSTICK FAULTY Joystick was out of the Neutral position during startup
2268 22 JOYSTICKS FAULTY Both Joysticks are faulty, or one joystick is faulting the 5 volt sup-
ply to both joysticks.
2376 23 SWING SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH in Ground Mode
2387 23 JIB LIFT SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH
2388 23 JIB SWING SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH
2389 23 PLATFORM ROTATE SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH
2390 23 TELESCOPE SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH
2391 23 MAIN LIFT SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH
2392 23 TOWER LIFT SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH
2393 23 PLATFORM LEVEL SWITCH FAULTY Both states actively HIGH
2394 23 PUMP POT FAULTY Creep pot is OPEN circuit
2395 23 FUNCTION SWITCHES FAULTY Function switch has both direction selected at the same time
253 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - CHARGER CONNECTED Driving is not possible while the vehicle is charging
254 25 DRIVE & LIFT UP PREVENTED - CHARGER CONNECTED Drive or Lift is not possible while the vehicle is charging AND is
configured to prevent all motion.
2510 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - BRAKES NOT RELEASING No Brake pressure was detected when running the pump motor
and energizing the brake valve
6-28 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Flash
Code
2514 25 BOOM PREVENTED - DRIVE SELECTED Boom functions are not possible while the vehicle is being driven
AND is configured to not allow simultaneous drive & boom opera-
tion.
2516 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION Driving is not possible while Boom functions are selected AND is
configured to not allow simultaneous drive & boom operation.
2517 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - TILTED & ABOVE ELEVATION Driving is not possible while the vehicle is tilted and above eleva-
tion AND is configured to prevent drive while tilted and above ele-
vation.
2518 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - BOOM SELECTED Driving is not possible while the vehicle boom functions are
selected AND is configured to not allow simultaneous drive &
boom operation.
2536 25 ALL FUNCTIONS PREVENTED - FUNCTION CUTOUT Machine Setup’s set for "1 =CHARGER & BOOM" and machine is
above elevation
2542 25 FUNCTION PREVENTED - BRAKES ELECTRONICALL Y Indicates Manual Brake release active in Ground mode
RELEASED FOR TOWING
2548 25 SYSTEM TEST MODE ACTIVE System test mode active
2549 25 DRIVE & BOOM PREVENTED - SOFT TOUCH ACTIVE Machine Setup’s SOFT TOUCH is set for "2=BOOM & DRIVE" and
Soft touch switch is OPEN
2550 25 BOOM PREVENTED - FUNCTION CUTOUT ACTIVE Machine Setup’s DRIVE CUTOUT is set for "1 =CHARGER &
BOOM" and machine is above elevation
2551 25 TELESCOPE OUT PREVENTED - TIL TED & ABOVE ELEVATION Telescope OUT is not possible while the vehicle is tilted and above
elevation AND is configured to prevent drive while tilted and
above elevation.
2552 25 LIFT UP PREVENTED - TILTED & ABOVE ELEVATION Lift UP is not possible while the vehicle is tilted and above eleva-
tion AND is configured to prevent drive while tilted and above ele-
vation.
2553 25 LEVELING PREVENTED - ABOVE ELEVATION Machine Setup’s LEVEL inhibit is set for "1 =ELEV" and machine
is above elevation
2554 25 DRIVE PREVENTED - SPEED SENSORS FAULTY Both Speed sensor input voltages are out of range
2555 25 FUNCTION PREVENTED - SELECTED BEFORE FSW Function switch was selected before and during foot switch clo-
sure
2556 25 FUNCTION PREVENTED - SELECTED BEFORE EMS Function was CLOSED at power up
321 32 LINE CONTACTOR WELDED OR MISWIRED The capacitor bank charge did not decrease from battery supply
when line contactor was de-energized (this could be caused due
to a power wiring error)
325 32 LINE & DIRECTION CONTACTORS MISWIRED When the line contactor was closed, traction point A went HIGH
(and the capacitor bank charge did not increase to battery supply)
- this occurs if the line contactor coil wiring is swapped with that
for a direction contactor coil
33300 33 LINE CONTACTOR COIL - OPEN CIRCUIT The capacitor bank did not increase to battery supply when the
line contactor was CLOSED
33301 33 LINE CONT ACTOR COIL - SHORT TO GROUND Line contactor was not energized when required, due to over cur-
rent protection
33361 33 DIRECTION CONTACTOR COIL - OPEN CIRCUIT Traction point A is collapsing when the traction MOSFETs are
pulsed. This maybe due to an open circuit traction motor or power
wiring error
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-29

Flash
Code
33364 33 FORWARD CONTACTOR COIL - OPEN CIRCUIT Traction point A did not go HIGH when forward contactor was
energized. This maybe due to an open circuit traction motor or
power wiring error
33369 33 REVERSE CONTACTOR COIL - OPEN CIRCUIT Traction point A did not go HIGH when reverse contactor was
energized. This maybe due to an open circuit traction motor or
power wiring error
33370 33 FORWARD CONTACTOR COIL - SHORT CIRCUIT The forward contactor was not energized when required, due to
over current protection
33371 33 REVERSE CONTACTOR COIL - SHORT CIRCUIT The reverse contactor was not energized when required, due to
over current protection
33411 33 VALVE SUPPLY OVERLOADED There is a high current draw from the valve supply when no valve
is energized; this maybe due to a wiring error at the ground mod-
ule
421 42 POWER MODULE TOO HOT - PLEASE WAIT Controller heat sink temperature reached 75*C, the controller is
shut down until it cools to below 70*C
441 44 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO LOW - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN Battery voltage is below 33 volts EMS recycle is required
442 44 BATTERY VOLTAGE TOO HIGH - SYSTEM SHUTDOWN Battery voltage is above 62 volts, EMS recycle is required
445 44 BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW Battery voltage is below 40 volts, this is only a warning, the con-
troller does not shut down
469 46 VEHICLE OVERSPEED Speed in the wrong direction was measured with the traction
motor full ON. This maybe due to a faulty speed sensor being
installed incorrectly; it could also be due to a speed sensor fault or
faults for NO VEHICLE MOVEMENT DETECTED with the vehicle
on a grade
4610 46 RIGHT SPEED SENSOR - NOT RESPONDING PROPERL Y The right speed sensor is indicating an impossible number of
pulses, this maybe due to a faulty speed sensor
4611 46 LEFT SPEED SENSOR - NOT RESPONDING PROPERL Y The left speed sensor is indicating an impossible number of
pulses, this maybe due to a faulty speed sensor
4615 46 SPEED SENSOR - INVALID READING Both speed sensors are indicating impossible number of pulses,
this maybe due to a faulty speed sensor
4616 46 BRAKES DID NOT LOCK Brake pressure did not clear when the brake valve was de- ener-
gized
4617 46 NO VEHICLE MOVEMENT DETECTED AT MAXIMUM POWER No speed was measured with the traction motor full ON. This
could be due to a traction motor fault, a power wiring error, a
speed sensor fault, the brakes not releasing (though brake pres-
sure is OK) or the vehicle being overloaded so that the motor can-
not turn the wheels
661 66 CANBUS FAILURE - POWER MODULE Power Module CAN communication lost.
662 66 CAN BUS FAILURE - PLATFORM MODULE Platform Module CAN communication lost.
6631 66 CAN BUS FAILURE - GROUND MODULE Ground Module CAN communication lost.
6636 66 CANBUS FAILURE - TILT MODULE Tilt Module CAN communication lost.
772 77 STALLED TRACTION MOTOR OR POWER WIRING ERROR The power module traction MOSFET protection circuit is active,
This is due to a massive current drain and could be a stalled trac-
tion motor or a power wiring error
773 77 CAPACITOR BANK FAULT - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS The capacitor bank is not charging, this maybe due to a power
wiring error causing illegal current drain or a very low battery volt-
age
6-30 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Flash
Code
776 77 STALLED PUMP MOTOR OR POWER WIRING ERROR The power module pump MOSFET protection circuit is active,
This is due to a massive current drain and could be a stalled pump
motor or a power wiring error
777 77 OPEN CIRCUIT PUMP MOTOR WIRING Pump point A is collapsing when the pump MOSFETs are pulsed,
this maybe due to an OPEN circuit pump motor or a power wiring
error
7734 77 TRACTION A HIGH - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS Traction point A is near battery supply when neither direction con-
tactor is energized and the traction MOSFETs are OFF, this maybe
due to a welded direction contactor or a power wiring error
7735 77 TRACTION A LOW - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS Traction point A is near ZERO volts when neither direction contac-
tor is energized and the traction MOSFETs are OFF, this maybe due
to a power wiring error
7736 77 TRACTION MOTOR OVERLOADED The traction motor has been operating in current limit at a low per-
centage on for a long time greater than 10 seconds
7737 77 PUMP MOTOR OVERLOADED The pump motor has been operating in current limit at a low per-
centage on for a long time greater than 10 seconds
7738 77 PUMP A LOW - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS Pump point A is near ZERO volts when the pump MOSFETs are
OFF, this maybe due to a power wiring error
7739 77 B+ AND A CROSSED - CHECK POWER CIRCUITS startup test detected B+ is connected to point A and point A is
connected to B+
7740 77 TRACTION CURRENT AT ZERO - CHECK SHUNT WIRING Traction current is at ZERO, this maybe due to an open circuit
between the current measurement shunt and the power module
826 82 RUNNING AT CREEP - PLATFORM OVERLOADED All functions at creep, the Load Sensing System indicates the
Platform is overloaded AND is configured to warn only while the
Platform is overloaded.
827 82 DRIVE & BOOM PREVENTED - PLATFORM OVERLOADED Driving and boom functions are not possible while the Load Sens-
ing System indicates the Platform is overloaded AND is config-
ured to prevent drive and boom functions while the Platform is
overloaded.
99125 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 2 Hardware failsafe tests did not com plete because traction point A
is not safe, or the hardware failsafe is permanently tripped
99126 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 3 Hardware failsafe tests did not complete because a contactor
was energized when all should be turned off
99127 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 4 Hardware failsafe tests did not complete because the hardware
failsafe tripped immediately when the traction MOSFETs were
turned ON
99128 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 10 Hardware failsafe tests failed because the hardware failsafe did
not trip within the allowed test time
99129 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 11 Hardware failsafe tests failed because the hardware failsafe
tripped too slowly
tripped too Quickly
remained tripped when the traction MOSFETs were turned OFF
99132 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - HWFS CODE 14 Hardware failsafe tests failed because the hardware failsafe the
line contactor could not be energized when the hardware failsafe
was tripped
3121829 – JLG Lift – 6-31

Flash
Code
contactor drive failsafe did not trip within the allowed test time
contactor drive failsafe tripped tooslowly
drive contactor failsafe tripped too quickly
99136 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - HWFS TEST STALLED Hardware failsafe tests did not complete, but no reason can be
determined
99137 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - LINE CONTACTOR DRIVER The line contactor energized when the footswitch was CLOSED
before it was ON, this maybe due to a failed driver within the
power module, or a power wiring error
99138 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - TEMPERATURE SENSOR The temperature sensor measurement is invalid, this maybe due
to a disconnected wire within the power module.
99139 99 POWER MODULE FAILURE - CONTACTOR CODE 1 A contactor remained energized when turned OFF
99140 99 TILT MODULE FAILURE - INTERNAL ERROR Startup test detected faulty tilt sensors, or voltages on the tilt sen-
sor are bad (could be caused if positilt is mounted upside down or
vertical
99141 99 GROUND MODULE - OBSOLETE ON THIS VEHICLE The power module determined the hardware version of the
Ground module was incompatible with the current software
99142 99 48V PROTECTION TRIPPED The power module is not receiving acknowledgements from the
platform module or ground module to transmitted data, and the
protection circuit which supplies the platform and ground mod-
ules has tripped. This maybe due to wiring problems at the plat-
form or groundmodule.
6-32 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION 7. BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING, ELECTRICAL INFORMATION, & SCHEMATICS
7.1 GENERAL It should be recognized that the majority of the problems

arising in the machine will be centered in the hydraulic
This section contains basic troubleshooting information and electrical systems. For this reason, every effort has
and basic electrical information to be used for locating been made to ensure that all likely problems in these
and correcting most of the operating problems which may areas are given the fullest possible treatment. In the
develop. If a problem should develop which is not pre- remaining machine groups, only those problems which
sented in this section or which is not corrected by listed are symptomatic of greater problems which have more
corrective actions, technically qualified guidance should that one probable cause and remedy are included. This
be obtained before proceeding with any maintenance. means that problems for which the probable cause and
remedy may be immediately obvious are not listed in this
section.
7.2 TROUBLESHOOTING The first rule for troubleshooting any circuit that is hydrau-
lically operated and electrically controlled is to determine
The troubleshooting procedures applicable to the aerial if the circuit is lacking hydraulic oil and electrical control
platform are listed and defined in Table 7-1 through Table power. This can be ascertained by overriding the bypass
7-6. As an aid to table use, the aerial platform is divided valve so that oil is available to the function valve, then
into four major groups, each covered separately within overriding the function valve mechanically. If the function
this section. These groups are as follows: elevation sys- performs satisfactorily, the problem exists with the control
tem, chassis assembly, hydraulic system and electrical circuit.
system.
The reference for improper function of a hydraulic system,
Each malfunction within an individual group or system is where the cause is not immediately apparent, should be
followed by a listing of probable causes which will enable the Troubleshooting Chart. The best place to begin the
determination of the applicable remedial action. The prob- problem analysis is at the power source (pump). Once it is
able causes and the remedial action should, where possi- determined that the pump is serviceable, then a system-
ble, be checked in the order listed in the tables. atic check of the circuit components, beginning with the
control, would follow. For aid in troubleshooting, refer to
It should be noted that there is no substitute for a thor- the Illustrated Parts Manual for hydraulic diagrams of the
ough knowledge of the equipment and related systems. various circuits
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-1

Table 7-1. Platform Assembly - Troubleshooting
TROUBLE PROBABLE CAUSE REMEDY
Automatic leveling inoperative.
Hydraulic system oil low. Replenish oil as necessary.
Dual check valves dirty/inoperative. Clean or replace as necessary.
Restricted or broken hydraulic line or fitting on Clean, repair, or replace line or fitting.
slave cylinder or main lift cylinder.
Worn seal(s) in slave level or main lift cylinder. Replace seal(s).
Counterbalance valve in slave cylinder defec- Replace counterbalance valve.

tive.
Slave level or main lift cylinder not functioning Slave level or main lift cylinder not functioning
properly. properly.
Platform will not maintain level attitude.
Counterbalance valve on slave leveling cylinder Replace valve.

improperly adjusted or not functioning properly.
Worn seal(s) in slave level or main lift cylinder. Replace seal(s).
Damaged slave level or main lift cylinder. Repair or replace cylinder.
No response to platform leveling controls.
Level function not activated within 7 seconds Recycle footswitch.

after footswitch was depressed.
Level control switch inoperative. Repair or replace control switch lever.
Proportional Flow Regulator not powered. Wiring: Run System Test
Restricted or broken hydraulic line or fitting. Clean, repair, or replace line or fitting.
Directional valve not functioning properly. Repair or replace valve.
No electric power to directional control valve. See proper wiring diagram/Run System Test.
Slave cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace pump.
Platform will not adjust "up" or "down" to level.
Hydraulic pump not functioning properly. Run System Test.
Slave cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder.
Electrical failure. See proper wiring diagram/Run System Test.
Orifice plugged. Clean orifice.
7-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 7-1. Platform Assembly - Troubleshooting
Proportional Flow Regulator not powered. Check wiring/Run System Test.
Personalities not set correctly Check settings.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-3

Table 7-2. Boom Assembly - Troubleshooting
CONTROL VALVES
Valve spool sticking.
Dirt in oil causing excessive temperature build- Flush system and change oil using recom-
up. mended viscosity
Moisture in oil. Flush system and change oil using recom-

mended viscosity
Incorrect valve mounting causing warping of the Loosen valve and check mounting. Repair as
unit. necessary.
Valve spool scored. Remove valve and repair or replace as neces-

sary.
Tie-bolts in valve over torqued. Correctly torque bolts.
Return spring weak or broken. Remove valve and repair or replace as neces-
sary.
Relief valve malfunctioning causing excessive Check pressure delivery to and from valve and
pressure within valve. repair or replace as necessary.
Valve leaking.
Dirt or other foreign material under seal. Remove and repair valve as necessary.

sary.
Excessive back pressure caused by restricted Remove line and clear obstruction or replace line
return line to reservoir. as necessary.
Damaged valve seals. Remove valve and repair or replace as neces-

sary.
BOOM ELEVATION SYSTEM.
No response to lift control switch/Joystick.
Lift function not activated within 7 seconds after Recycle footswitch.

footswitch was depressed.
Lift control switch inoperative. Repair or replace control switch/Run System

Test.
Lift cylinder holding valve inoperative. Repair or replace holding valve.
Bypass valve not operating. Determine cause and repair or replace valve.
Electrical malfunction. See wiring diagram/Run System Test.
7-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Restricted or broken supply line on valve bank or Clean or replace line.

hydraulic pump.
Lift cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder
Boom will not raise.
Lift function not activated within 7 seconds after Recycle footswitch.

footswitch was depressed.
Load capacity exceeded (personnel or equip- Reduce load.(Refer to capacity placard.)

ment on platform).
Lift switch/Joystick not functioning. Check wiring/Run System Test.
Electrical failure to valves. See proper wiring diagram/Runs System Test.
Pressure relief valve not functioning properly. Re-adjust or replace valve.
Lift cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder.
Binding lift cylinder or boom pivot pin. Repair or replace cylinder or pin.
Boom will not lower.
See: Boom will not raise.
Pressure relief valve not functioning properly. Re-adjust or replace valve.
Holding valve not functioning properly. Re-adjust or replace valve.
Boom raises and lowers erratically.
Hydraulic system oil low. Replenish oil as required.
Counterbalance valve on lift cylinder improperly Replace valve.

adjusted or not functioning properly.
Worn seals in lift cylinder. Replace seals.
Cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder.
Boom drifts down.
Worn seals in lift cylinder. Replace seals.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-5

Function Speed and Drive Speed does not operate below horizontal.
Damaged wiring on level limit switch. Repair or replace wiring/Run System Test
Creep Switch Open. Replace switch/Run System Test
Machine Tilted Level machine.
Speed Sensor Failure. Replace Sensor.
LOWER LIFT FUNCTION.
If the boom assembly does not fully lower.
The Mid and Lower Booms are out of synchroni- Refer to synchronize procedure.
zation.
MAIN TELESCOPE SYSTEM.
No response to telescope control.
Telescope function not activated within 7 sec- Recycle footswitch.

onds after footswitch was depressed.
Telescope control switch inoperative. Repair or replace control switch/Run System

Test
Damaged wiring on control switch or solenoid Repair or replace wiring/Run System Test
valve.

hydraulic pump.
Proportional Flow Regulator Not Powered. Check wiring/Run System Test.
Telescope cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder.
Hydraulic pump not functioning properly. Repair or replace pump/Run System Test.
Boom will not extend.
Telescope function not activated within 7 sec- Recycle footswitch.

onds after footswitch was depressed.
Directional valve not functioning properly. Repair or replace control valve.
Pressure setting incorrect. Check pressure/re-adjust as necessary.
Telescope cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder.
Personality Setting incorrect. Set to Factory Default.
7-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Boom extends and retracts erratically.
Wear pads worn. Replace pads as required.
Worn seals in telescope cylinder. Replace seals.
Cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder.
Counterbalance valve not functioning properly. Replace counterbalance valve.
BOOM SWING SYSTEM
No response to swing control.
Swing function not activated within 7 seconds Recycle footswitch.

Swing Joystick not functioning. Repair or replace swing joystick/Run System

Test.

hydraulic pump.
Swing motor not functioning properly. Repair or replace motor.
Foreign objects(s) wedged between swing Remove objects, check for damage, and repair
motor pinion and swing gear. or replace component(s) as required.
No electric power to valve. See proper wiring diagram/Run System Test.
Boom will swing in one direction only.
Foreign object(s) wedged between swing motor Remove object(s), check for damage and repair
pinion and swing gear. or replace component(s) as required.
Swing Joystick not functioning properly. Repair or replace swing joystick/Run System
Test.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-7

Boom swings erratically in either direction.
Lack of lubricant on swing gear or speed reducer Lubricate as required. (See Lubrication Chart.)
pinion.
Swing motor not functioning properly. Repair or replace swing control switch.
Worn or broken teeth on swing gear or swing Replace gear(s) as required.

motor pinion.
Restrictor valves(s) plugged. Clean or replace restrictor valve.
7-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 7-3. Turntable Assembly - Troubleshooting
CONTROL VALVE.
Valve Spool Sticking.
Dirt in oil causing excessive temperature built- Change oil using recommended viscosity and
up. flush system.
Incorrect valve mounting causing warping of the Loosen valve and check mounting.Repair as
unit. necessary.

sary.
Return spring weak or broken. Remove valve and repair or replace as neces-
sary.
Relief valve malfunctioning causing excessive Check pressure delivery to and from valve and
pressure within valve. repair or replace as necessary.
Valve leaking.
Dirt or other foreign material under seal. Remove and replace valve as necessary.
Valve spool scored. Repair or replace valve.
Excessive back pressure caused by restricted Remove line and clear obstruction or replace line
return line to reservoir. as necessary.
Damaged valve seals. Repair or replace valve as necessary.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-9

Table 7-4. Chassis Assembly - Troubleshooting
GENERATOR.
Engine will not start.
Enable switch is open. Actuate switch.
Fuses open. Determine and correct cause; replace fuse.
Ground EMS is open. Pull out EMS to activate.
Defective starter motor. Replace starter motor.
Damaged wiring in ignition circuit (broken wire Repair, replace wiring.

on starter).
Manual start switch not functioning properly. Replace switch/check wiring.
Ignition relay not functioning properly. Replace relay.
Ignition circuit shorted to ground. See proper wiring diagram.
Battery cable(s) not making contact. Clean and tighten cable(s).
Engine will not start (ignition OK).
No fuel. Replenish fuel as necessary.
Clogged fuel filter. Replace fuel filter.
Choke solenoid malfunction. Replace choke solenoid.
Restricted or broken fuel line. Clean or replace fuel line.
Fuel shut-off valve in carburetor stuck or frozen. Repair or replace fuel shut-off. Check for electri-
cal power.
Battery discharged. Charge battery, replace if defective.
Cam timing belt jumped time or broken. Repair or replace timing belt.
Ignition timing slipped. Repair timing.
Engine surges.
Governor not adjusted properly. Correctly adjust governor.
Strong fuel odor.
Fuel tank overfilled. Check fuel tank and immediately wipe up spilled
fuel.
Fuel tank damaged. Drain all fuel from tank and remove tank for
replacement or repair.
Fuel line from tank damaged. Replace fuel line.
Carburetor flooding. Repair, replace or adjust carburetor.
7-10 – JLG Lift – 3121829

FRONT FRAME AXLE AREA.
One or both wheels will not steer.
Steering link or tie rod broken or attaching hard- Replace steering link, tie rod or hardware as nec-
ware missing. essary.
One or both front wheels will not rotate or

rotate erratically.
Wheel hub or bearings damaged or not lubri- Replace hub or bearings as necessary and
cated. repack bearings with approved grease.
REAR FRAME AXLE AREA.
Difficulty encountered when moving

machine.
Load capacity exceeded. Reduce load. Apply loads only in accordance

with load capacity indicator.
Hubs Disconnected. Engage hubs as outlined in Operators Manual.
Machine being moved up too steep a grade. Remove machine from grade and check that
drive system operates correctly.
Grade too steep. See WARNING Placard on platform for specified

grades and sideslopes.
Towing valve not closed. Close towing valve.
Drive wheel tire treads worn smooth. Replace tires as necessary and inflate to speci-
fied pressure.
Drive brakes "dragging". Re-adjust pressure.
System pressure too low. Re-adjust pressure.
Drive hub(s) defective. Repair or replace hub.
DRIVE SYSTEM.
No response to control.
Drive function not activated within 7 seconds Recycle footswitch.

Hydraulic pump not functioning properly. Repair or replace pump.
Restricted or broken pump supply line. Clean, repair or replace line.
Restricted or broken line on valve bank. Clean, repair or replace line.
Air in wheel brake circuit. Bleed circuit, determine and correct cause.
Damaged wiring on joystick. Repair or replace wiring /Run System Test.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-11

Joystick not functioning properly. Replace joystick/Run System Test.
Charger plugged in. Check help message.
Drive prevented. Check help message.
Brake(s) not releasing. Determine cause and repair or replace.
Machine will not travel in forward.
Restricted or broken hydraulic line or fitting. Clean, repair or replace line or fitting.
Motor turns slowly at maximum command.
Cutback - Tilted Check help message.
Speed Sensor Check help message.
Cutback - Elevation. Check elevation switch.
Poor response, function shuts off slowly

when command is removed.
Ramp set too high in controller. Check personality.
Sticking control handle. Repair or replace controller.
STEERING SYSTEM.
No response to steer control.
Hydraulic system pressure too low. Adjust pressure.
Damaged wiring on control switch or solenoid Check wiring/Run System test.

valve.
Control switch not functioning properly. Run system test.
Restricted or broken hydraulic line on valve Clean, repair or replace line.

bank, hydraulic pump or rotary coupling. (If
equipped.)
Steer proportional flow valve not functioning Run System Test.

properly.
Steer control valve not functioning properly. Repair or replace valve.
Steer cylinder not functioning properly. Repair or replace cylinder.
Machine hard to steer or steering is erratic.
Restricted hydraulic line or fitting. Clean, repair or replace line or fitting.
Steer system pressure low. Adjust pressure.
Bent linkage (tie rods). Repair or replace linkage as required.
7-12 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Proportional Flow Valve not functioning properly. Repair or replace valve.
Hydraulic pump not functioning properly. Repair or replace pump.
Personality Settings Incorrect. Adjust settings.
Steering inoperative.
Damaged wiring on control switch or solenoid See proper wiring diagram/Run System Test.
valve.
Solenoid valve not functioning properly. Repair or replace valve.
Control switch not functioning properly. Replace switch/Run System Test.
Relief valve improperly set or not functioning Reset, repair or replace valves as required.
properly.
Machine will not steer left or to the right.
Wiring on control switch is damaged. See proper wiring diagram/Run System Test.
Wiring on solenoid valve damaged. Repair or replace wiring/Run System Test.
Coil in solenoid damaged. Replace coil.
No oil flow or pressure to steer circuit. Take pressure reading at steer valve and adjust
as necessary.
Bent cylinder rod. Repair or replace cylinder.
Damaged tie rod. Replace tie rod.
Cylinder packing defective. Repair or replace cylinder.
Machine wanders; steering not firm.
Crossover relief valve set too low or not function- Reset, repair or replace valve as required.
ing properly.
Steer linkages loose. Tighten linkage.
Steer wheel toe-in not set properly. Adjust toe-in for 1/4 inch overall.
Spindle bushings badly worn. Replace bushings.
DRIVE BRAKE.
Brake Slips
Excessive pressure in hydraulic system. Check hydraulic filter, restrictions in other

hydraulic components.
Disc plates worn. Check disc thickness.
Springs broken or have taken a permanent set. Check release pressure.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-13

Brake Drags or runs hot.
Low actuation pressure. Place pressure gauge in bleed port & check pres-
sure with system on.
Bearing failure. Replace bearing.
Brake will not release.
Stuck or clogged valve. Place pressure gauge in bleed port - check for
adequate pressure. Replace defective line or
component.
Bad o-rings. Replace o-rings.
Discs frozen. Replace disc stack.
7-14 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 7-5. Hydraulic System - Troubleshooting
HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS - GENERAL.
Hydraulic pump noisy.
Air entering system through broken line or fitting. Repair or replace line or fitting.
(Suction Side.)
Air bubbles in oil. (Reservoir oil too low. Replenish oil as required.
Suction hose squeezed shut. Determine cause and repair.
Oil filter dirty. Replace hydraulic filter.
Wrong type of hydraulic oil. Replace hydraulic oil.
Pump cavitating. (Vacuum in pump due to oil

starvation.)
Restricted suction line. Clean, repair, or replace line.
Restricted reservoir air vent. Clean or replace vent.
Oil viscosity too high. Drain system and replace with recommended oil.
(Refer to Hydraulic Oils.)
Air leak in suction side of tank. Repair leak.
System overheating.
Oil viscosity too high. Drain system and replace with recommended oil.
Bypass valve not operating properly. Repair or replace valve.
Main relief valve set too low. Reset valve as required.
Port relief set too high. Reset valve as required.
Restricted or blocked return line. Repair or replace line.
Pump not delivering oil.
Restricted suction line. Clean, repair, or replace line.
Air entering system through broken line or fitting. Repair or replace line or fitting.
Broken pump drive shaft/pump coupling. Repair or replace pump/pump coupling.

Note: Any time pump or pump drive coupling
is removed coat pump and drive coupling
splines with Lithium Soap Base Grease (TEX-
ACO CODE 1912 OR EQUIVALENT).
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-15

Table 7-5. Hydraulic System - Troubleshooting
Function sluggish during operation. (System

pressure too low.)
Main relief valve set too low. Reset valve as required.
Pump section not delivering sufficient oil. Repair or replace pump section or pump.
Main relief valve stuck in open position. Clean, repair, or replace valve. (Check system oil
for contamination.)
Oil viscosity too low. Drain system and replace with recommended oil.
Leak in component, line or fitting. Repair or replace component, line or fitting.
Scored valve spool; scored cylinder. Replace valve; replace cylinder.
Hydraulic Filter clogged. Replace filter.
Amperage too low on controller. Correctly adjust controller.
Low voltage in electrical system. Correct low voltage problem.
System(s) operate erratically.
Sticking or binding valve spools, pistons. Clean, repair, or replace components as

required.
7-16 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Table 7-6. Electrical System - Troubleshooting
PLATFORM CONTROLS.
No power to platform controls.
15 Amp self-reset circuit breaker open. Check footswitch to ensure that both switches
are making contact when pedal is depressed.
Repair or replace footswitch as necessary.
Contact block in footswitch malfunctioning. Repair, replace or adjust contact block as

required.
Faulty power circuit wiring. Check wiring continuity. Refer to proper wiring
diagram.
Platform EMS or Ground EMS switch in wrong Place switch to correct position.
position.
ENGINE STARTER SYSTEM (GENERATOR).
Starter will not crank.
Discharged battery or loose battery terminals. Check and charge battery or replace battery as
necessary. Clean and secure battery terminals.
Starter relay faulty or faulty relay connections. Using a test meter, check relay coil terminals for
presence of electrical power and for energization
of relay coil. Also check relay terminals for cor-
rect switching of contacts. Replace relay as nec-
essary.
Malfunctioning starter solenoid or motor. Replace solenoid or motor in accordance with

applicable manufacturer’s manual.
Malfunctioning manual start switch. Using a test meter, check ignition switch for cor-
rect switching of contacts. Replace switch as
necessary.
Faulty ignition and/or starter circuit wiring. Check wiring continuity. See proper wiring dia-
gram.
Faulty start switch. Replace switch.
INSTRUMENTS AND INDICATORS.
Travel warning horn inoperative.
Machine set-up incorrect. Adjust control module settings properly.
Damaged wiring in horn circuit. Repair or replace wiring/Run System Test.
Damaged horn. Replace horn.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-17

Table 7-6. Electrical System - Troubleshooting
Hourmeter inoperative.
Damaged wiring in hourmeter circuit. Repair or replace wiring.
Inoperative hourmeter. Replace hourmeter.
Platform alarm circuit.
Platform alarm inoperative. Check platform alarm/Run System Test.
Defective bulb in tilt light. Replace bulb.
7-18 – JLG Lift – 3121829

7.3 MULTIMETER BASICS nal and the lead on the other port goes to the positive side
of the signal.
A wide variety of multimeters or Volt Ohm Meters (VOM)
can be used for troubleshooting your equipment. This Scale
section shows diagrams of a common, digital VOM con-
figured for several different circuit measurements. Instruc- M = Mega = 1,000,000 * (Displayed Number)
tions for your VOM may vary. Please consult the meter k = kilo = 1,000 * (Displayed Number)
operator’s manual for more information.
m = milli = (Displayed Number) / 1,000
Grounding μ = micro = (Displayed Number) / 1,000,000
"Grounding the meter" means to take the black lead Example: 1.2 k = 1200 
(which is connected to the COM (common) or negative Example: 50 mA = 0.05 A
port) and touch it to a good path to the negative side of
the Voltage source. Voltage Measurement
Backprobing
To "backprobe" means to take the measurement by
accessing a connector’s contact on the same side as the
wires, the back of the connector. Readings can be done
while maintaining circuit continuity this way. If the connec-
tor is the sealed type, great care must be taken to avoid
damaging the seal around the wire. It is best to use
probes or probe tips specifically designed for this tech-
nique, especially on sealed connectors. Whenever possi-
ble insert probes into the side of the connector such that
the test also checks both terminals of the connection. It is
possible to inspect a connection within a closed connec-
tor by backprobing both sides of a connector terminal and
measuring resistance. Do this after giving each wire a
gentle pull to ensure the wires are still attached to the con-
tact and contacts are seated in the connector.
Min/Max
Use of the "Min/Max" recording feature of some meters
can help when taking measurements of intermittent condi-
tions while alone. For example, you can read the Voltage Figure 7-1. Voltage Measurement (DC)
applied to a solenoid when it is only operational while a
switch, far from the solenoid and meter, is held down. • If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct
range (See multimeter’s operation manual)
Polarity
• Use firm contact with meter leads
Getting a negative Voltage or current reading when
expecting a positive reading frequently means the leads
are reversed. Check what reading is expected, the loca-
tion of the signal and that the leads are connected to the
device under test correctly. Also check that the lead on the
"COM" port goes to the Ground or negative side of the sig-
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-19

Resistance Measurement • Use firm contact with meter leads
Continuity Measurement
Figure 7-3. Continuity Measurement
• Some meters require a separate button press to

Figure 7-2. Resistance Measurement enable audible continuity testing
• First test meter and leads by touching leads • Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing
together. Resistance should read a short circuit continuity
(very low resistance)
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• Circuit power must be turned OFF before testing
resistance • Use firm contact with meter leads
• Disconnect component from circuit before testing
• First test meter and leads by touching leads
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct together. Meter should produce an audible alarm,
range (See multimeter’s operation manual) indicating continuity
7-20 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Current Measurement b. Change the switch position.

c. Measure resistance again with the leads in the
same positions. If the meter was reading short, it
should read an open. If the meter was reading
open it should read short.
5. If the switch has more than two terminals, consult

the schematic or switch diagram to determine what
terminals will be connected. The test is similar to
testing a switch with two terminals.
a. Place one meter lead on the common contact

and the other on a different contact in the same
circuit.
b. Cycle through all positions of the switch. The
meter should read short only when the switch
connects the two terminals and open otherwise.
c. If the switch has more than one common contact
repeat the process for that circuit.
Limit Switches
Limit switches are used to control movement or indicate
position. Mechanical limit switches are just like manually
operated switches except that the moving object operates
the switch. These switches can be tested the same way as
Figure 7-4. Current Measurement (DC) a standard switch by manually operating the sensing arm.
• Set up the meter for the expected current range Another type of limit switch used by JLG is the inductive
proximity switch, also referred to as a "prox switch". Induc-
• Be sure to connect the meter leads to the correct tive proximity switches are actuated only by ferrous metal
jacks for the current range you have selected (metal that contains Iron, such as steel) near the switch.
They do not require contact, and must be energized to
• If meter is not auto ranging, set it to the correct
actuate. These types of switches can be used to detect
range (See multi meter’s operation manual)
boom or platform position, for example. These switches
• Use firm contact with meter leads have a sensing face where the switch can detect ferrous
metal close to it. To find the sensing face, take note how
7.4 CHECKING SWITCHES the switch is mounted and how the mechanisms meet the
switch. Test this type of switch as follows:
Basic Check 1. Remove prox switch from its mount.
The following check determines if the switch is functioning 2. Reconnect harness if it was disconnected for step a,
properly, not the circuit in which the switch is placed. A and turn on machine.
switch is functioning properly when there is continuity 3. Hold switch away from metal and observe switch
between the correct terminals or contacts only when state in the control system diagnostics using the
selected. Analyzer. See vehicle or control system documenta-
tion on how to do this.
1. De-energize the circuit.
4. Place sensing face of switch on the object to be
2. Isolate the switch from the rest of the circuit if possi-
sensed by the switch. If that is not available, use a
ble. If not possible, keep in mind it may affect read-
piece of ferrous metal physically similar to it. The
ings.
switch state in the control system diagnostics
3. Access the terminals to the switch. should change.
4. If the switch has two terminals: 5. When reinstalling or replacing switch be sure to fol-
low mounting instructions and properly set the gap
a. Measure resistance across the terminals. between the switch and object sensed.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-21

Automatic Switches • LSS Modules connections,
• Deutz EMR 2 ECM connection.

If the switch is actuated automatically, by temperature or
pressure for example, find a way to manually actuate the Silicone Dielectric Compound must be used on all electri-
switch to test it. Do this either by applying heat or pres- cal connections except for those mentioned above for the
sure, for example, to the switch. These switches may need following reasons:
to be energized to actuate.
1. Connect instrumentation to monitor and/or control • To prevent oxidation at the mechanical joint between
the parameter the switch is measuring. male and female pins.
2. Observe switch state in control system with the Ana- • To prevent electrical malfunction caused by low level
lyzer. See vehicle or control system documentation conductivity between pins when wet.
on how to do this.
Use the following procedure to apply Silicone Dielectric
3. Operate system such that the switch actuates. This Compound to the electrical connectors. This procedure
could be going over a certain pressure or tempera- applies to all plug connections not enclosed in a box. Sili-
ture, for example. The state indicated in the control cone grease should not be applied to connectors with
system should change. external seals.
1. To prevent oxidation, silicone grease must be

Switch Wiring - Low Side, High Side packed completely around male and female pins on
the inside of the connector prior to assembly. This is
When controlling a load, a switch can be wired between
most easily achieved by using a syringe.
the positive side of the power source and the load. This
switch is called a "high side" switch. The switch supplies NOTE: Over a period of time, oxidation increases electrical
the power to the load. When a switch is wired between the resistance at the connection, eventually causing cir-
negative side of the power source and the load, it is a "low
cuit failure.
side" switch. The switch provides the ground to the load.
A low side switch will allow voltage to be present on the 2. To prevent shorting, silicone grease must be packed
load. No power is applied because the switch is stopping around each wire where they enter the outside of the
current flow. This voltage can be seen if the measurement connector housing. Also, silicone grease must be
is taken with one test lead on the load and the other on applied at the joint where the male and female con-
the battery negative side or grounded to the vehicle. What nectors come together. Any other joints (around
is actually being measured is the voltage drop across the strain reliefs, etc.) where water could enter the con-
switch. This could mislead a technician into thinking the nector should also be sealed.
load is receiving power but not operating. To produce an
accurate picture of power or voltage applied to the load, NOTE: This condition is especially common when machines
measure voltage across the load’s power terminals. Also, are pressure washed since the washing solution is
the technician can measure the voltage at both power ter- much more conductive than water.
minals with respect to battery ground. The difference
between those two measurements is the voltage applied 3. Silicone grease should be applied at the time and
to the load. location of the final connection of the pins into the
housings, and plugs into receptacles. This will mini-
7.5 APPLYING SILICONE DIELECTRIC mize exposure to the elements as a lubricated (wet)
COMPOUND TO ELECTRICAL connector.
CONNECTIONS 4. Anderson connectors for the battery boxes and bat-

tery chargers should have silicone grease applied to
NOTE: Do NOT apply dielectric grease to the following con- the contacts only.
nections:
NOTE: Curing-type sealants might also be used to prevent
• Main Boom Rotary sensor connections (on Celesco shorting and would be less messy, but would make
Sensor), future pin removal more difficult.
7-22 – JLG Lift – 3121829

7.6 AMP CONNECTOR Assembly

Applying Silicone Dielectric Compound to Check to be sure the wedge lock is in the open, or as-
shipped, position (See Figure 7-5.). Proceed as follows:
AMP Connectors
Silicone Dielectric Compound must be used on the AMP
connections for the following reasons:
• To prevent oxidation at the mechanical joint between

male and female pins.
• To prevent electrical malfunction caused by low level
conductivity between pins when wet.
Use the following procedure to apply Silicone Dielectric
Compound to the electrical connectors.
1. To prevent oxidation and low level conductivity, sili-
cone dielectric grease must be packed completely
around male and female pins on the inside of the
connector after the mating of the housing to the
header. This is easily achieved by using a syringe to
fill the header with silicone dielectric compound, to a
point just above the top of the male pins inside the
header. When assembling the housing to the
header, it is possible that the housing will become Figure 7-5. Connector Assembly Figure 1
air locked, thus preventing the housing latch from
engaging.
2. Pierce one of the unused wire seals to allow the 1. To insert a contact, push it straight into the appropri-
trapped air inside the housing to escape. ate circuit cavity as far as it will go (See Figure 7-7.).
3. Install a hole plug into this and/or any unused wire 2. Pull back on the contact wire with a force of 1 or 2
seal that has silicone dielectric compound escaping lbs. to be sure the retention fingers are holding the
from it. contact (See Figure 7-7.).
Figure 7-6. AMP Connector
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-23

Figure 7-7. Connector Assembly Figure 2
3. After all required contacts have been inserted, the 4. Slide the wedge lock into the housing until it is flush
wedge lock must be closed to its locked position. with the housing (See Figure 7-9.).
Release the locking latches by squeezing them inward
(See Figure 7-8.).
7-24 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Figure 7-10. Connector Disassembly
Disassembly Service - Voltage Reading

1. Insert a 4.8 mm (3/16") wide screwdriver blade
between the mating seal and one of the red wedge
lock tabs. DO NOT PIERCE WIRE INSULATION TO TAKE VOLTAGE READ-
INGS.
2. Pry open the wedge lock to the open position.
3. While rotating the wire back and forth over a half It has been common practice in electrical troubleshooting
turn (1/4 turn in each direction), gently pull the wire to probe wires by piercing the insulation with a sharp
until the contact is removed. point. This practice should be discouraged when dealing
with the AMPSEAL plug assembly, or any other sealed
NOTE: The wedge lock should never be removed from the connector system. The resulting pinholes in the insulation
housing for insertion or removal of the contacts. will allow moisture to invade the system by traveling along
the wire strands. This nullifies the effectiveness of the con-
Wedge Lock nector seals and could result in system failure.
The wedge lock has slotted openings in the forward, or

mating end. These slots accommodate circuit testing in
the field, by using a flat probe such as a pocket knife. DO
NOT use a sharp point such as an ice pick.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-25

Figure 7-11. Connector Installation
7-26 – JLG Lift – 3121829

7.7 DEUTSCH CONNECTORS NOTE: The receptacle is shown - use the same procedure
for plug.
DT/DTP Series Assembly
DT/DTP Series Disassembly
A B
A B
C D
Figure 7-12. DT/DTP Contact Installation
C
1. Grasp crimped contact about 25mm behind the con-
Figure 7-13. DT/DTP Contact Removal
tact barrel.
2. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you. 1. Remove wedgelock using needlenose pliers or a
hook shaped wire to pull wedge straight out.
3. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a
click is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is properly 2. To remove the contacts, gently pull wire backwards,
locked in place. while at the same time releasing the locking finger
by moving it away from the contact with a screw-
4. Once all contacts are in place, insert wedgelock with driver.
arrow pointing toward exterior locking mechanism.
The wedgelock will snap into place. Rectangular 3. Hold the rear seal in place, as removing the contact
wedges are not oriented. Thy may go in either way. may displace the seal.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-27

HD30/HDP20 Series Assembly HD30/HDP20 Series Disassembly
A B A B
C C
Figure 7-14. HD/HDP Contact Installation Figure 7-16. HD/HDP Contact Removal
1. Grasp contact about 25mm behind the contact 1. With rear insert toward you, snap appropriate size
crimp barrel. extractor tool over the wire of contact to be
removed.
2. Hold connector with rear grommet facing you.
2. Slide tool along into the insert cavity until it engages
3. Push contact straight into connector grommet until a contact and resistance is felt.
positive stop is felt. A slight tug will confirm that it is
properly locked in place. 3. Pull contact-wire assembly out of connector.
Figure 7-17. HD/HDP Unlocking Contacts

Figure 7-15. HD/HDP Locking Contacts Into Position
NOTE: Do Not twist or insert tool at an angle.
NOTE: For unused wire cavities, insert sealing plugs for full
environmental sealing
7-28 – JLG Lift – 3121829

This page left blank intentionally.
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-29

Figure 7-18. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 1
7-30 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Figure 7-19. Electrical Components Installation - Sheet 2
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-31

Figure 7-20. Electrical Schematic - Sheet 1 of 6
7-32 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1870227E
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-33

7-34 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1870227E
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-35

7-36 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1870227 E
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-37

Figure 7-26. Hydraulic Schematic - M450A/E450A - Sheet 1 of 2
7-38 – JLG Lift – 3121829

2792505E
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-39

7-40 – JLG Lift – 3121829

2792505E
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-41

Figure 7-30. Hydraulic Schematic - M450AJ/E450AJ - Sheet 1 of 2
7-42 – JLG Lift – 3121829

2792505E
Figure 7-31. Hydraulic Schematic - M450AJ/E450AJ - Sheet 2 of 2
3121829 – JLG Lift – 7-43

Figure 7-32. Hydraulic Schematic Component List
7-44 – JLG Lift – 3121829

3121829
Corporate Office
JLG Industries, Inc.
1 JLG Drive
McConnellsburg PA. 17233-9533
USA
(717) 485-5161
(717) 485-6417
JLG Worldwide Locations

JLG Industries (Australia) JLG Latino Americana Ltda. JLG Industries (UK) Ltd JLG France SAS
P.O. Box 5119 Rua Eng. Carlos Stevenson, Bentley House Z.I. de Baulieu
11 Bolwarra Road 80-Suite 71 Bentley Avenue 47400 Fauillet
Port Macquarie 13092-310 Campinas-SP Middleton France
N.S.W. 2444 Brazil Greater Manchester +33 (0)5 53 88 31 70
Australia +55 19 3295 0407 M24 2GP - England
+33 (0)5 53 88 31 79
+61 2 65 811111 +55 19 3295 1025 +44 (0)161 654 1000
+61 2 65813058 +44 (0)161 654 1001
JLG Deutschland GmbH JLG Equipment Services Ltd. JLG Industries (Italia) s.r.l. Oshkosh-JLG Singapore
Max-Planck-Str. 21 Rm 1107 Landmark North Via Po. 22 Technology Equipment Pte
D - 27721 Ritterhude - Ihlpohl 39 Lung Sum Avenue 20010 Pregnana Milanese - MI Ltd
Germany Sheung Shui N. T. Italy 29 Tuas Ave 4,
+49 (0)421 69 350 20 Hong Kong +39 029 359 5210 Jurong Industrial Estate
+49 (0)421 69 350 45 (852) 2639 5783 +39 029 359 5845 Singapore, 639379
(852) 2639 5797 +65-6591 9030
+65-6591 9031
Plataformas Elevadoras JLG Sverige AB

JLG Iberica, S.L. Enkopingsvagen 150
Trapadella, 2 Box 704
P.I. Castellbisbal Sur SE - 176 27 Jarfalla
08755 Castellbisbal, Barcelona Sweden
Spain +46 (0)850 659 500
+34 93 772 4700 +46 (0)850 659 534
+34 93 771 1762
www.jlg.com

JLG E450AJ M450AJ Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

JLG E450AJ M450AJ Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

JLG E450AJ M450AJ Service Manual PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service and Maintenance Manual

March 20, 2014

SECTION A. INTRODUCTION - MAINTENANCE SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

3121829 – JLG Lift – A-1

Original Issue - August 15, 1999

A-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121829 – JLG Lift – i

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

ii – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121829 – JLG Lift – iii

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

iv – JLG Lift – 3121829

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121829 – JLG Lift – v

SECTION NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

vi – JLG Lift – 3121829

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121829 – JLG Lift – vii

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

viii – JLG Lift – 3121829

FIGURE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

3121829 – JLG Lift – ix

TABLE NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

x – JLG Lift – 3121829

Track Width 5 ft. 0 in. (1.51 m)

3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-1

1.6 DRIVE SYSTEM 1.9 FUNCTION SPEEDS

1-2 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1.10 PRESSURE SETTINGS Table 1-11. Pressure Settings - S/N 0300062642 to

Jib Relief (Up and Down) 2200 152

Releveling Relief (E/M450AJ) 1200 83

Releveling Relief (E/M450AJ) 2200 152

Releveling Relief (E/M450A) 1200 83

Releveling Relief (E/M450A) 2200 152

3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-3

1.11 TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS Table 1-14. Mobil DTE 11M Specs

+50° to + 210° F 20W-20 Counterweight 3850 1746

DO NOT REPLACE ITEMS CRITICAL TO STABILITY WITH ITEMS

1-4 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1.14 CYLINDER SPECIFICATIONS

1.15 MAJOR COMPONENT WEIGHTS SERIAL NUMBER PLATE

Component LB. KG. Figure 1-1. Serial Number Locations

3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-5

Figure 1-2. Operator Maintenance & Lubrication Diagram

1-6 – JLG Lift – 3121829

1.17 OPERATOR MAINTENANCE & 2. Swing Bearing/Worm Gear Teeth

Table 1-19. Lubrication Specifications.

LUBRICATION INTERVALS ARE BASED ON MACHINE OPERATION

Lube Point(s) - 2 Grease Fittings

Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap

3121829 – JLG Lift – 1-7

4. Hydraulic Return Filter 6. Wheel Bearings

Lube Point(s) - Repack

5. Wheel Drive Hub 8. Boom Pivot Pins/Bushing

Lube Point(s) - Level/Fill Plug

1-8 – JLG Lift – 3121829

Lube Point(s) - Fill Cap